Datasheet

TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
Delfino Microcontrollers
Data Manual
PRODUCTION DATA information is current as of publication date.
Products conform to specifications per the terms of the Texas
Instruments standard warranty. Production processing does not
necessarily include testing of all parameters.
Literature Number: SPRS516D
March 2009 – Revised August 2012
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Contents
1
TMS320C2834x ( Delfino™) MCUs
1.1
1.2
1.3
2
3
4
2
....................................................................................... 10
Overview .................................................................................................................... 10
Features .................................................................................................................... 10
Getting Started ............................................................................................................. 11
...................................................................................................................... 12
2.1
Pin Assignments ........................................................................................................... 15
2.2
Signal Descriptions ........................................................................................................ 23
Functional Overview .......................................................................................................... 34
3.1
Memory Maps .............................................................................................................. 35
3.2
Brief Descriptions .......................................................................................................... 40
3.2.1
C28x CPU ....................................................................................................... 40
3.2.2
Memory Bus (Harvard Bus Architecture) .................................................................... 40
3.2.3
Peripheral Bus .................................................................................................. 40
3.2.4
Real-Time JTAG and Analysis ................................................................................ 41
3.2.5
External Interface (XINTF) .................................................................................... 41
3.2.6
M0, M1 SARAMs ............................................................................................... 41
3.2.7
L0, L1, L2, L3, L4, L5, L6, L7, H0, H1, H2, H3, H4, H5 SARAMs ....................................... 41
3.2.8
Boot ROM ....................................................................................................... 42
3.2.9
Security .......................................................................................................... 42
3.2.10 Peripheral Interrupt Expansion (PIE) Block ................................................................. 43
3.2.11 External Interrupts (XINT1–XINT7, XNMI) .................................................................. 43
3.2.12 Oscillator and PLL .............................................................................................. 43
3.2.13 Watchdog ........................................................................................................ 43
3.2.14 Peripheral Clocking ............................................................................................. 43
3.2.15 Low-Power Modes .............................................................................................. 43
3.2.16 Peripheral Frames 0, 1, 2, 3 (PFn) ........................................................................... 44
3.2.17 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Multiplexer ......................................................... 44
3.2.18 32-Bit CPU-Timers (0, 1, 2) ................................................................................... 44
3.2.19 Control Peripherals ............................................................................................. 45
3.2.20 Serial Port Peripherals ......................................................................................... 45
3.3
Register Map ............................................................................................................... 46
3.4
Device Emulation Registers .............................................................................................. 47
3.5
Interrupts .................................................................................................................... 48
3.5.1
External Interrupts .............................................................................................. 52
3.6
System Control ............................................................................................................ 53
3.6.1
OSC and PLL Block ............................................................................................ 54
3.6.1.1
External Reference Oscillator Clock Option .................................................... 56
3.6.1.2
PLL-Based Clock Module ......................................................................... 57
3.6.1.3
Loss of Input Clock ................................................................................ 58
3.6.2
Watchdog Block ................................................................................................. 59
3.7
Low-Power Modes Block ................................................................................................. 60
Peripherals ....................................................................................................................... 61
4.1
DMA Overview ............................................................................................................. 61
4.2
32-Bit CPU-Timer 0, CPU-Timer 1, CPU-Timer 2 ..................................................................... 63
4.3
Enhanced PWM Modules ................................................................................................ 65
4.4
High-Resolution PWM (HRPWM) ....................................................................................... 69
4.5
Enhanced CAP Modules ................................................................................................. 70
4.6
Enhanced QEP Modules ................................................................................................. 72
4.7
External ADC Interface ................................................................................................... 73
4.8
Multichannel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP) Module .................................................................. 75
4.9
Enhanced Controller Area Network (eCAN) Modules (eCAN-A and eCAN-B) .................................... 78
Introduction
Contents
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
5
Serial Communications Interface (SCI) Modules (SCI-A, SCI-B, SCI-C) ..........................................
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Module (SPI-A, SPI-D) .............................................................
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) .............................................................................................
GPIO MUX .................................................................................................................
External Interface (XINTF) ...............................................................................................
Device Support
5.1
5.2
5.3
6
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
................................................................................................................ 101
Device and Development Support Tool Nomenclature ............................................................. 101
Documentation Support ................................................................................................. 103
Community Resources .................................................................................................. 106
Electrical Specifications
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.10
6.11
6.12
6.13
6.14
6.15
6.16
84
88
91
92
99
................................................................................................... 107
Absolute Maximum Ratings ............................................................................................
Recommended Operating Conditions .................................................................................
Electrical Characteristics ................................................................................................
Current Consumption ....................................................................................................
6.4.1
Reducing Current Consumption .............................................................................
Thermal Design Considerations .......................................................................................
Emulator Connection Without Signal Buffering for the MCU .......................................................
Timing Parameter Symbology ..........................................................................................
6.7.1
General Notes on Timing Parameters ......................................................................
6.7.2
Test Load Circuit ..............................................................................................
6.7.3
Device Clock Table ...........................................................................................
Clock Requirements and Characteristics .............................................................................
Power Sequencing .......................................................................................................
6.9.1
Power Management and Supervisory Circuit Solutions ..................................................
General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) ................................................................................
6.10.1 GPIO - Output Timing ........................................................................................
6.10.2 GPIO - Input Timing ..........................................................................................
6.10.3 Sampling Window Width for Input Signals .................................................................
6.10.4 Low-Power Mode Wakeup Timing ..........................................................................
Enhanced Control Peripherals .........................................................................................
6.11.1 Enhanced Pulse Width Modulator (ePWM) Timing .......................................................
6.11.2 Trip-Zone Input Timing .......................................................................................
6.11.3 High-Resolution PWM Timing ...............................................................................
6.11.4 Enhanced Capture (eCAP) Timing .........................................................................
6.11.5 Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse (eQEP) Timing ...................................................
6.11.6 ADC Start-of-Conversion Timing ............................................................................
External Interrupt Timing ................................................................................................
I2C Electrical Specification and Timing ...............................................................................
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Timing ..............................................................................
6.14.1 Master Mode Timing ..........................................................................................
6.14.2 SPI Slave Mode Timing ......................................................................................
External Interface (XINTF) Timing .....................................................................................
6.15.1 USEREADY = 0 ...............................................................................................
6.15.2 Synchronous Mode (USEREADY = 1, READYMODE = 0) .............................................
6.15.3 Asynchronous Mode (USEREADY = 1, READYMODE = 1) ............................................
6.15.4 XINTF Signal Alignment to XCLKOUT .....................................................................
6.15.5 External Interface Read Timing .............................................................................
6.15.6 External Interface Write Timing .............................................................................
6.15.7 External Interface Ready-on-Read Timing With One External Wait State ............................
6.15.8 External Interface Ready-on-Write Timing With One External Wait State .............................
6.15.9 XHOLD and XHOLDA Timing ...............................................................................
Multichannel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP) Timing .................................................................
6.16.1 McBSP Transmit and Receive Timing ......................................................................
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Contents
107
108
108
109
111
113
113
114
114
114
115
117
118
119
122
122
123
124
125
128
128
128
129
129
130
131
131
132
132
132
137
140
140
141
142
144
145
147
149
152
155
157
157
3
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
6.16.2
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing
www.ti.com
....................................................................
160
7
8
Revision History .............................................................................................................. 164
Thermal and Mechanical Data ............................................................................................ 165
4
Contents
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
List of Figures
..........................................
2-1
C2834x 179-Ball ZHH MicroStar BGA™ Upper Left Quadrant (Bottom VIew)
2-2
C2834x 179-Ball ZHH MicroStar BGA™ Upper Right Quadrant (Bottom View) ......................................... 17
2-3
C2834x 179-Ball ZHH MicroStar BGA™ Lower Left Quadrant (Bottom View)........................................... 18
2-4
C2834x 179-Ball ZHH MicroStar BGA™ Lower Right Quadrant (Bottom View) ......................................... 19
2-5
C2834x 256-Ball ZFE Plastic BGA Upper Left Quadrant (Bottom View) ................................................. 20
2-6
C2834x 256-Ball ZFE Plastic BGA Upper Right Quadrant (Bottom View)
2-7
C2834x 256-Ball ZFE Plastic BGA Lower Left Quadrant (Bottom View) ................................................. 22
2-8
C2834x 256-Ball ZFE Plastic BGA Lower Right Quadrant (Bottom View)
3-1
Functional Block Diagram
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-7
3-8
3-9
3-10
3-11
3-12
3-13
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-9
4-10
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
4-15
4-16
4-17
4-18
4-19
4-20
5-1
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-5
...............................................
16
21
............................................... 22
...................................................................................................... 35
C28346, C28345 Memory Map ................................................................................................ 37
C28344, C28343 Memory Map ................................................................................................ 38
C28342, C28341 Memory Map ................................................................................................ 39
External and PIE Interrupt Sources ............................................................................................ 49
External Interrupts ................................................................................................................ 49
Multiplexing of Interrupts Using the PIE Block ............................................................................... 50
Clock and Reset Domains ...................................................................................................... 53
OSC and PLL Block Diagram................................................................................................... 54
Using a 3.3-V External Oscillator............................................................................................... 55
Using a 1.8-V External Oscillator............................................................................................... 55
Using the Internal Oscillator .................................................................................................... 55
Watchdog Module ................................................................................................................ 59
DMA Functional Block Diagram ................................................................................................ 62
CPU-Timers ....................................................................................................................... 63
CPU-Timer Interrupt Signals and Output Signal ............................................................................. 63
Generation of SOC Pulses to the External ADC Module ................................................................... 65
ePWM Submodules Showing Critical Internal Signal Interconnections ................................................... 68
eCAP Functional Block Diagram ............................................................................................... 70
eQEP Functional Block Diagram ............................................................................................... 72
External ADC Interface .......................................................................................................... 74
McBSP Module .................................................................................................................. 76
eCAN Block Diagram and Interface Circuit ................................................................................... 79
eCAN-A Memory Map ........................................................................................................... 81
eCAN-B Memory Map ........................................................................................................... 82
Serial Communications Interface (SCI) Module Block Diagram............................................................ 87
SPI Module Block Diagram (Slave Mode) .................................................................................... 90
I2C Peripheral Module Interfaces .............................................................................................. 91
GPIO MUX Block Diagram ...................................................................................................... 93
Qualification Using Sampling Window ......................................................................................... 98
External Interface Block Diagram .............................................................................................. 99
Typical 16-bit Data Bus XINTF Connections ................................................................................ 100
Typical 32-bit Data Bus XINTF Connections ................................................................................ 100
Example of C2834x Device Nomenclature .................................................................................. 102
Temperature Versus Leakage Current (Typical)............................................................................ 111
Emulator Connection Without Signal Buffering for the MCU ............................................................. 113
3.3-V Test Load Circuit......................................................................................................... 114
Clock Timing ..................................................................................................................... 117
Power-on Reset ................................................................................................................. 120
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
List of Figures
5
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
6-6
Warm Reset ..................................................................................................................... 121
6-7
Example of Effect of Writing Into PLLCR Register ......................................................................... 122
6-8
General-Purpose Output Timing .............................................................................................. 123
6-9
Sampling Mode
6-10
6-11
6-12
6-13
6-14
6-15
6-16
6-17
6-18
6-19
6-20
6-21
6-22
6-23
6-24
6-25
6-26
6-27
6-28
6-29
6-30
6-31
6-32
6-33
6-34
6
.................................................................................................................
General-Purpose Input Timing ................................................................................................
IDLE Entry and Exit Timing ....................................................................................................
STANDBY Entry and Exit Timing Diagram ..................................................................................
HALT Wake-Up Using GPIOn.................................................................................................
PWM Hi-Z Characteristics .....................................................................................................
ADCSOCAO or ADCSOCBO Timing ........................................................................................
External Interrupt Timing .......................................................................................................
SPI Master Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 0) .....................................................................
SPI Master Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 1) .....................................................................
SPI Slave Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 0) .......................................................................
SPI Slave Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 1) .......................................................................
Relationship Between XTIMCLK and SYSCLKOUT .......................................................................
Example Read Access .........................................................................................................
Example Write Access .........................................................................................................
Example Read With Synchronous XREADY Access ......................................................................
Example Read With Asynchronous XREADY Access .....................................................................
Write With Synchronous XREADY Access ..................................................................................
Write With Asynchronous XREADY Access ................................................................................
External Interface Hold Waveform ............................................................................................
McBSP Receive Timing ........................................................................................................
McBSP Transmit Timing .......................................................................................................
McBSP Timing as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 0 ...................................................
McBSP Timing as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 0 ...................................................
McBSP Timing as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 1 ...................................................
McBSP Timing as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 1 ...................................................
List of Figures
123
124
125
126
127
128
131
131
134
136
138
139
143
146
148
150
151
153
154
156
159
159
160
161
162
163
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
List of Tables
....................................................................................................
2-1
C2834x Hardware Features
2-2
Signal Descriptions ............................................................................................................... 23
3-1
Wait-states ........................................................................................................................ 39
3-2
Boot Mode Selection ............................................................................................................. 42
3-3
Peripheral Frame 0 Registers
3-4
Peripheral Frame 1 Registers
3-5
3-6
3-7
3-8
3-9
3-10
3-11
3-12
3-13
3-14
3-15
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-9
4-10
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
4-15
4-16
4-17
4-18
4-19
4-20
5-1
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-6
6-7
6-8
6-9
13
.................................................................................................. 46
.................................................................................................. 46
Peripheral Frame 2 Registers .................................................................................................. 47
Peripheral Frame 3 Registers .................................................................................................. 47
Device Emulation Registers..................................................................................................... 47
PIE Peripheral Interrupts ....................................................................................................... 50
PIE Configuration and Control Registers...................................................................................... 51
External Interrupt Registers ..................................................................................................... 52
PLL, Clocking, Watchdog, and Low-Power Mode Registers ............................................................... 54
PLL Settings ...................................................................................................................... 57
CLKIN Divide Options ........................................................................................................... 57
Possible PLL Configuration Modes ............................................................................................ 58
Low-Power Modes ............................................................................................................... 60
CPU-Timers 0, 1, 2 Configuration and Control Registers ................................................................... 64
ePWM1-4 Control and Status Registers ...................................................................................... 66
ePWM5-9 Control and Status Registers ...................................................................................... 67
eCAP Control and Status Registers ........................................................................................... 71
eQEP Control and Status Registers ........................................................................................... 73
External ADC Interface Registers ............................................................................................. 74
McBSP Register Summary ...................................................................................................... 77
3.3-V eCAN Transceivers ...................................................................................................... 80
CAN Register Map .............................................................................................................. 83
SCI-A Registers .................................................................................................................. 85
SCI-B Registers .................................................................................................................. 85
SCI-C Registers ................................................................................................................. 86
SPI-A Registers................................................................................................................... 89
SPI-D Registers .................................................................................................................. 89
I2C-A Registers ................................................................................................................... 92
GPIO Registers .................................................................................................................. 94
GPIO-A Mux Peripheral Selection Matrix .................................................................................... 95
GPIO-B Mux Peripheral Selection Matrix .................................................................................... 96
GPIO-C Mux Peripheral Selection Matrix .................................................................................... 97
XINTF Configuration and Control Register Mapping ....................................................................... 100
TMS320x2834x Delfino Peripheral Selection Guide ....................................................................... 103
TMS320C28346/C28344 Current Consumption by Power-Supply Pins at 300-MHz SYSCLKOUT ................. 109
TMS320C28345/C28343 Current Consumption by Power-Supply Pins at 200-MHz SYSCLKOUT ................. 110
Typical Current Consumption by Various Peripherals .................................................................... 112
Clocking and Nomenclature (300-MHz Devices) ........................................................................... 115
Clocking and Nomenclature (200-MHz Devices) ........................................................................... 116
XCLKIN/X1 Timing Requirements – PLL Enabled ......................................................................... 117
XCLKIN/X1 Timing Requirements – PLL Disabled ........................................................................ 117
XCLKOUT Switching Characteristics (PLL Bypassed or Enabled) ...................................................... 117
Power Management and Supervisory Circuit Solutions ................................................................... 119
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
List of Tables
7
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
..........................................................................................
6-10
Reset (XRS) Timing Requirements
6-11
General-Purpose Output Switching Characteristics ........................................................................ 122
6-12
..............................................................................
...........................................................................................
IDLE Mode Switching Characteristics .......................................................................................
STANDBY Mode Timing Requirements .....................................................................................
STANDBY Mode Switching Characteristics ................................................................................
HALT Mode Timing Requirements ...........................................................................................
HALT Mode Switching Characteristics ......................................................................................
ePWM Timing Requirements .................................................................................................
ePWM Switching Characteristics ............................................................................................
Trip-Zone Input Timing Requirements ......................................................................................
High-Resolution PWM Characteristics at SYSCLKOUT = (150–300 MHz) .............................................
Enhanced Capture (eCAP) Timing Requirement ..........................................................................
eCAP Switching Characteristics .............................................................................................
Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse (eQEP) Timing Requirements ..................................................
eQEP Switching Characteristics .............................................................................................
External ADC Start-of-Conversion Switching Characteristics .............................................................
External Interrupt Timing Requirements ....................................................................................
External Interrupt Switching Characteristics ................................................................................
I2C Timing ......................................................................................................................
SPI Master Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 0) ....................................................................
SPI Master Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 1) ....................................................................
SPI Slave Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 0) ......................................................................
SPI Slave Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 1) ......................................................................
Relationship Between Parameters Configured in XTIMING and Duration of Pulse ...................................
XINTF Clock Configurations for SYSCLKOUT = 300 MHz ...............................................................
External Interface Read Timing Requirements .............................................................................
External Interface Read Switching Characteristics .........................................................................
External Interface Write Switching Characteristics .........................................................................
External Interface Read Switching Characteristics (Ready-on-Read, 1 Wait State) ...................................
External Interface Read Timing Requirements (Ready-on-Read, 1 Wait State) .......................................
Synchronous XREADY Timing Requirements (Ready-on-Read, 1 Wait State) .......................................
Asynchronous XREADY Timing Requirements (Ready-on-Read, 1 Wait State) .......................................
External Interface Write Switching Characteristics (Ready-on-Write, 1 Wait State) ...................................
Synchronous XREADY Timing Requirements (Ready-on-Write, 1 Wait State) .......................................
Asynchronous XREADY Timing Requirements (Ready-on-Write, 1 Wait State) ......................................
XHOLD/XHOLDA Timing Requirements ....................................................................................
McBSP Timing Requirements ................................................................................................
McBSP Switching Characteristics ...........................................................................................
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 0) ................................
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 0) ............................
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 0) ................................
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 0) ............................
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 1) ................................
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 1) ............................
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 1) ................................
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 1) ...........................
6-13
6-14
6-15
6-16
6-17
6-18
6-19
6-20
6-21
6-22
6-23
6-24
6-25
6-26
6-27
6-28
6-29
6-30
6-31
6-32
6-33
6-34
6-35
6-36
6-37
6-38
6-39
6-40
6-41
6-42
6-43
6-44
6-45
6-46
6-47
6-48
6-49
6-50
6-51
6-52
6-53
6-54
6-55
6-56
6-57
8
121
General-Purpose Input Timing Requirements
123
IDLE Mode Timing Requirements
125
List of Tables
125
126
126
127
127
128
128
128
129
129
129
130
130
131
131
131
132
133
135
137
139
140
143
145
145
147
149
149
149
149
152
152
152
155
157
158
160
160
161
161
162
162
163
163
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
8-1
Thermal Model 179-Ball ZHH Results
8-2
Thermal Model 256-Ball ZFE Results
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
.......................................................................................
.......................................................................................
List of Tables
165
165
9
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Delfino Microcontrollers
Check for Samples: TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344, TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
1
TMS320C2834x ( Delfino™) MCUs
1.1
Overview
The TMS320C2834x (C2834x) Delfino™ microcontroller (MCU) devices build on TI's existing F2833x
high-performance floating-point microcontrollers. The C2834x delivers up to 300 MHz of floating-point
performance, and has up to 516KB of on-chip RAM. Designed for real-time control applications, the
C2834x is based on the C28x™ core, making it code-compatible with all C28x microcontrollers. The onchip peripherals and low-latency core make the C2834x an excellent solution for performance-hungry realtime control applications.
1.2
Features
1234
• High-Performance Static CMOS Technology
– Up to 300 MHz (3.33-ns Cycle Time)
– 1.1-V/1.2-V Core, 3.3-V I/O, 1.8-V
PLL/Oscillator Design
• High-Performance 32-Bit CPU (TMS320C28x)
– IEEE-754 Single-Precision Floating-Point
Unit (FPU)
– 16 x 16 and 32 x 32 MAC Operations
– 16 x 16 Dual MAC
– Harvard Bus Architecture
– Fast Interrupt Response and Processing
– Code-Efficient (in C/C++ and Assembly)
• Six-Channel DMA Controller (for McBSP,
XINTF, and SARAM)
• 16-Bit or 32-Bit External Interface (XINTF)
– Over 2M x 16 Address Reach
• On-Chip Memory
– Up to 258K x 16 SARAM
– 8K x 16 Boot ROM
• Clock and System Control
– Dynamic PLL Ratio Changes Supported
– On-Chip Oscillator
– Watchdog Timer Module
• Peripheral Interrupt Expansion (PIE) Block That
Supports All 64 Peripheral Interrupts
• Endianness: Little Endian
• Enhanced Control Peripherals
– Eighteen Enhanced Pulse Width Modulator
(ePWM) Outputs
• Dedicated 16-Bit Time-Based Counter
With Period and Frequency Control
•
•
•
•
•
Single-Edge, Dual-Edge Symmetric, or
Dual-Edge Asymmetric Outputs
• Dead-Band Generation
• PWM Chopping by High-Frequency
Carrier
• Trip Zone Input
• Up to 9 HRPWM Outputs With 55-ps MEP
Resolution at VDD = 1.1 V (65 ps at 1.2 V)
– Six 32-Bit Enhanced Capture (eCAP)
Modules
• Configurable as 3 Capture Inputs or
3 Auxiliary Pulse Width Modulator
Outputs
• Single-Shot Capture of up to Four Event
Time-Stamps
– Three 32-Bit Quadrature Encoder Pulse
(QEP) Modules
– Six 32-Bit Timers and Nine 16-Bit Timers
Three 32-Bit CPU Timers
Serial Port Peripherals
– Up to 2 CAN Modules
– Up to 3 SCI (UART) Modules
– Up to 2 McBSP Modules (Configurable as
SPI)
– Up to 2 SPI Modules
– One Inter-Integrated-Circuit (I2C) Bus
External ADC Interface
Up to 88 Individually Programmable,
Multiplexed GPIO Pins With Input Filtering
1
Please be aware that an important notice concerning availability, standard warranty, and use in critical applications of
Texas Instruments semiconductor products and disclaimers thereto appears at the end of this data sheet.
Delfino, MicroStar BGA, C28x, TMS320C54x, TMS320C55x, Code Composer Studio, TMS320C28x are trademarks of Texas
Instruments.
1-Wire is a registered trademark of Maxim Integrated Products, Inc.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
2
3
4
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
PRODUCTION DATA information is current as of publication date. Products conform to
specifications per the terms of the Texas Instruments standard warranty. Production
processing does not necessarily include testing of all parameters.
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
• Advanced Emulation Features
– Analysis and Breakpoint Functions
– Real-Time Debug via Hardware
1.3
• 2834x Package Options:
– MicroStar BGA™ (ZHH)
– Plastic BGA (ZFE)
Getting Started
This section gives a brief overview of the steps to take when first developing for a C28x device. For more
detail on each of these steps, see the following:
• Getting Started With TMS320C28x Digital Signal Controllers (literature number SPRAAM0).
• C2000 Getting Started Website (http://www.ti.com/c2000getstarted)
• TMS320F28x Development and Experimenter's Kits (http://www.ti.com/f28xkits)
TMS320C2834x ( Delfino™) MCUs
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
11
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
2
www.ti.com
Introduction
The TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344, TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, and
TMS320C28341 devices, members of the Delfino™ MCU generation, are highly integrated, highperformance solutions for demanding control applications.
Throughout this document, the devices are abbreviated as C28346, C28345, C28344, C28343, C28342,
and C28341, respectively. Table 2-1 provides a summary of features for each device.
12
Introduction
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Table 2-1. C2834x Hardware Features
TYPE (1)
C28346
(300 MHz)
Package Type
–
256-Ball ZFE
PBGA (2)
Instruction cycle
–
3.33 ns
5 ns
3.33 ns
5 ns
3.33 ns
Floating-point unit
–
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Single-access RAM (SARAM) (16-bit word)
–
258K
258K
130K
130K
98K
98K
Code security for on-chip SARAM blocks
–
No (3)
No (3)
No (3)
No (3)
No (3)
No (3)
Boot ROM (8K x 16)
–
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
16-/32-bit External Interface (XINTF)
1
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
6-channel Direct Memory Access (DMA)
0
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
PWM outputs
0
ePWM1/2/3/
4/5/6/7/8/9
ePWM1/2/3/
4/5/6/7/8/9
ePWM1/2/3/
4/5/6/7/8/9
ePWM1/2/3/
4/5/6/7/8/9
ePWM1/2/3/
4/5/6
ePWM1/2/3/
4/5/6
HRPWM channels
0
ePWM1A/2A/
3A/4A/5A/6A/
7A/8A/9A
ePWM1A/2A/
3A/4A/5A/6A/
7A/8A/9A
ePWM1A/2A/
3A/4A/5A/6A/
7A/8A/9A
ePWM1A/2A/
3A/4A/5A/6A/
7A/8A/9A
ePWM1A/2A/
3A/4A/5A/6A
ePWM1A/2A/
3A/4A/5A/6A
32-bit Capture inputs or auxiliary PWM outputs
0
6
6
6
6
4
4
32-bit QEP channels (four inputs/channel)
0
3
3
3
3
2
2
Watchdog timer
–
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
External ADC Interface
–
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
32-bit CPU timers
–
3
3
3
3
3
3
Multichannel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP)/SPI
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
0
2
2
2
2
2
2
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)
0
3
3
3
3
3
3
Enhanced Controller Area Network (eCAN)
0
2
2
2
2
2
2
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C)
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) pins
(shared)
–
88
88
88
88
88
88
External interrupts
–
8
8
8
8
8
8
FEATURE
(1)
(2)
(3)
C28345
(200 MHz)
256-Ball ZFE
PBGA (2)
179-Ball ZHH
BGA
C28344
(300 MHz)
256-Ball ZFE
PBGA (2)
C28343
(200 MHz)
256-Ball ZFE
PBGA (2)
179-Ball ZHH
BGA
C28342
(300 MHz)
256-Ball ZFE
PBGA (2)
C28341
(200 MHz)
256-Ball ZFE
PBGA (2)
179-Ball ZHH
BGA
5 ns
A type change represents a major functional feature difference in a peripheral module. Within a peripheral type, there may be minor differences between devices that do not affect the
basic functionality of the module. These device-specific differences are listed in the TMS320x28xx, 28xxx DSP Peripheral Reference Guide (literature number SPRU566) and in the
peripheral reference guides.
TMX samples will come with the ZEP designator. The designator will change to ZFE after TMS.
Custom secure versions of these devices are available. See Section 3.2.9, Security, for more details.
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Introduction
13
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Table 2-1. C2834x Hardware Features (continued)
FEATURE
Temperature
options
Product status
(1)
14
TYPE
(1)
C28346
(300 MHz)
C28345
(200 MHz)
C28344
(300 MHz)
C28343
(200 MHz)
C28342
(300 MHz)
C28341
(200 MHz)
T: –40°C to 105°C
–
ZFE
ZFE
ZHH
ZFE
ZFE
ZHH
ZFE
ZFE
ZHH
S: –40°C to 125°C
–
ZFE
ZFE
–
ZFE
ZFE
–
ZFE
ZFE
–
Q: –40°C to 125°C
(Q100 qualification)
–
ZFE
ZFE
–
ZFE
ZFE
–
ZFE
ZFE
–
–
TMS
(1)
TMS
TMS
TMS
TMS
TMS
See Section 5.1 for descriptions of device stages.
Introduction
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
2.1
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Pin Assignments
The 179-ball ZHH ball grid array (BGA) terminal assignments are shown in Figure 2-1 through Figure 2-4.
The 256-ball ZFE plastic ball grid array (PBGA) terminal assignments are shown in Figure 2-5 through
Figure 2-8. Table 2-2 describes the function(s) of each pin.
1
P
EXTSOC2B
2
3
4
5
6
7
EXTSOC3B
GPIO19/
SPISTEA/
SCIRXDB/
CANTXA
GPIO23/
EQEP1I/
MFSXA/
SCIRXDB
GPIO24/
ECAP1/
EQEP2A/
MDXB
GPIO32/
SDAA/
EPWMSYNCI/
ADCSOCAO
VDD
P
EXTADCCLK
GPIO22/
EQEP1S/
MCLKXA/
SCITXDB
VDD
GPIO33/
SCLA/
EPWMSYNCO/
ADCSOCBO
TDO
N
GPIO25/
ECAP2/
EQEP2B/
MDRB
GPIO27/
ECAP4/
EQEP2S/
MFSXB
TRST
M
N
EXTSOC1A
M
VDD
EXTSOC2A
EXTSOC1B
GPIO21/
EQEP1B/
MDRA/
CANRXB
L
GPIO18/
SPICLKA/
SCITXDB/
CANRXA
VDDIO
VSS
GPIO20/
EQEP1A/
MDXA/
CANTXB
VSS
TDI
VSS
L
K
VSS
GPIO15/
TZ4/XHOLDA/
SCIRXDB/
MFSXB
VDD
GPIO16/
SPISIMOA/
CANTXB/
TZ5
VDDIO
GPIO26/
ECAP3/
EQEP2I/
MCLKXB
VDDIO
K
6
7
J
H
EXTSOC3A
J
VDDIO
VSS
VDD
VDD
GPIO17/
SPISOMIA/
CANRXB/
TZ6
H
VSS
GPIO12/
TZ1/
CANTXB/
MDXB
GPIO11/
EPWM6B/
SCIRXDB/
ECAP4
GPIO13/
TZ2/
CANRXB/
MDRB
GPIO14/
TZ3/XHOLD/
SCITXDB/
MCLKXB
1
2
3
4
5
Figure 2-1. C2834x 179-Ball ZHH MicroStar BGA™ Upper Left Quadrant (Bottom VIew)
Introduction
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
15
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
P
www.ti.com
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
XRS
TCK
GPIO49/
ECAP6/
XD30/
SPISOMID
VDDIO
GPIO54/
SPISIMOA/
XD25/
EQEP3A
GPIO56/
SPICLKA/
XD23/
EQEP3S
GPIO58/
MCLKRA/
XD21/
EPWM7A
P
GPIO50/
EQEP1A/
XD29/
SPICLKD
GPIO51/
EQEP1B/
XD28/
SPISTED
GPIO55/
SPISOMIA/
XD24/
EQEP3B
GPIO57/
SPISTEA/
XD22/
EQEP3I
VDD
N
N
XRSIO
EMU0
M
TMS
VSS
GPIO48/
ECAP5/
XD31/
SPISIMOD
GPIO52/
EQEP1S/
XD27
VSS
GPIO59/
MFSRA/
XD20/
EPWM7B
GPIO60/
MCLKRB/
XD19/
EPWM8A
M
L
VSS
EMU1
VDD
GPIO53/
EQEP1I/
XD26
GPIO61/
MFSRB/
XD18/
EPWM8B
GPIO62/
SCIRXDC/
XD17/
EPWM9A
VDDIO
L
K
VDDIO
VDD
VSS
VDD
GPIO64/
XD15
GPIO63/
SCITXDC/
XD16/
EPWM9B
GPIO65/
XD14
K
8
9
J
VSS
GPIO66/
XD13
GPIO67/
XD12
GPIO68/
XD11
VDDIO
J
H
VSS
VDD
GPIO70/
XD9
GPIO69/
XD10
VDD
H
10
11
12
13
14
Figure 2-2. C2834x 179-Ball ZHH MicroStar BGA™ Upper Right Quadrant (Bottom View)
16
Introduction
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
1
2
3
4
5
G
VDD
GPIO9/
EPWM5B/
SCITXDB/
ECAP3
GPIO10/
EPWM6A/
CANRXB/
ADCSOCBO
GPIO8/
EPWM5A/
CANTXB/
ADCSOCAO
VSS
G
F
VDDIO
GPIO7/
EPWM4B/
MCLKRA/
ECAP2
GPIO6/
EPWM4A/
EPWMSYNCI/
EPWMSYNCO
VSS
GPIO2/
EPWM2A
F
6
7
E
VDD
GPIO4/
EPWM3A
GPIO5/
EPWM3B/
MFSRA/
ECAP1
GPIO3/
EPWM2B/
ECAP5/
MCLKRB
VDD
GPIO80/
XA8
GPIO46/
XA6
E
D
VDD
VSS
VDDIO
GPIO85/
XA13
GPIO84/
XA12
GPIO47/
XA7
VDDIO
D
C
GPIO1/
EPWM1B/
ECAP6/
MFSRB
GPIO30/
CANRXA/
XA18
GPIO29/
SCITXDA/
XA19
VDD
GPIO81/
XA9
VDD
VDD18
C
B
GPIO0/
EPWM1A
GPIO31/
CANTXA/
XA17
GPIO87/
XA15
VDDIO
GPIO83/
XA11
VDDIO
VDD
B
GPIO39/
XA16
GPIO86/
XA14
VSS
GPIO82/
XA10
VSS
VSS
A
2
3
4
5
6
7
A
1
Figure 2-3. C2834x 179-Ball ZHH MicroStar BGA™ Lower Left Quadrant (Bottom View)
Introduction
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
17
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
10
11
12
13
14
G
VDD
VSS
GPIO71/
XD8
GPIO72/
XD7
VSS
G
F
GPIO78/
XD1
VDDIO
GPIO75/
XD4
GPIO74/
XD5
GPIO73/
XD6
F
8
9
E
VDD18
VSS
GPIO40/
XA0
GPIO77/
XD2
VDD
GPIO76/
XD3
VSS
E
D
VSS
XCLKIN
GPIO41/
XA1
GPIO37/
ECAP2/
XZCS7
VDD
VSS
VDDIO
D
C
X1
VDDIO
VDD
VDD
GPIO38/
XWE0
XWE1
GPIO79/
XD0
C
B
VSSK
GPIO45/
XA5
GPIO42/
XA2
VSS
GPIO36/
SCIRXDA/
XZCS0
GPIO35/
SCITXDA/
XR/W
XCLKOUT
B
A
X2
GPIO44/
XA4
GPIO43/
XA3
VDDIO
GPIO28/
SCIRXDA/
XZCS6
GPIO34/
ECAP1
XREADY
XRD
A
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Figure 2-4. C2834x 179-Ball ZHH MicroStar BGA™ Lower Right Quadrant (Bottom View)
18
Introduction
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
1
2
T
VSS
VSS
R
VSS
VSS
P
VDD
EXTSOC3B
3
4
5
6
7
8
VDDIO
GPIO19/
SPISTEA/
SCIRXDB/
CANTXA
GPIO21/
EQEP1B/
MDRA/
CANRXB
GPIO24/
ECAP1/
EQEP2A/
MDXB
GPIO27/
ECAP4/
EQEP2S/
MFSXB
TDI
EXTADCCLK
GPIO20/
EQEP1A/
MDXA/
CANTXB
GPIO22/
EQEP1S/
MCLKXA/
SCITXDB
GPIO25/
ECAP2/
EQEP2B/
MDRB
GPIO32/
SDAA/
EPWMSYNCI/
ADCSOCAO
TRST
VSS
GPIO23/
EQEP1I/
MFSXA/
SCIRXDB
GPIO26/
ECAP3/
EQEP2I/
MCLKXB
GPIO33/
SCLA/
EPWMSYNCO/
ADCSOCBO
TDO
VSS
N
EXTSOC2A EXTSOC2B EXTSOC3A
VSS
VDDIO
VDDIO
VSS
VDDIO
M
GPIO18/
SPICLKA/
EXTSOC1A EXTSOC1B
SCITXDB/
CANRXA
VDDIO
VSS
VDD
VDD
VDD
L
GPIO16/
GPIO17/
SPISIMOA/ SPISOMIA/
CANTXB/
CANRXB/
TZ5
TZ6
VDD
VDDIO
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
K
VSS
GPIO15/
TZ4/XHOLDA/
SCIRXDB/
MFSXB
VDD
VSS
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
J
VDDIO
GPIO13/
TZ2/
CANRXB/
MDRB
GPIO14/
TZ3/XHOLD/
SCITXDB/
MCLKXB
VDDIO
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
Figure 2-5. C2834x 256-Ball ZFE Plastic BGA Upper Left Quadrant (Bottom View)
Introduction
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
19
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
9
10
www.ti.com
11
12
13
14
15
16
GPIO53/
EQEP1I/
XD26
VDDIO
VSS
VSS
T
VSS
VSS
R
VSS
GPIO57/
SPISTEA/
XD22/
EQEP3I
VDD
P
VSS
VSS
GPIO59/
MFSRA/
XD20/
EPWM7B
VDDIO
GPIO62/
SCIRXDC/
XD17/
EPWM9A
GPIO61/
MFSRB/
XD18/
EPWM8B
GPIO60/
MCLKRB/
XD19/
EPWM8A
M
GPIO64/
XD15
GPIO63/
SCITXDC/
XD16/
EPWM9B
L
GPIO66/
XD13
VSS
K
GPIO68/
XD11
VDDIO
J
XRSIO
XRS
TCK
GPIO50/
EQEP1A/
XD29/
SPICLKD
VDDIO
EMU1
GPIO48/
ECAP5/
XD31/
SPISIMOD
GPIO51/
EQEP1B/
XD28/
SPISTED
GPIO54/
SPISIMOA/
XD25/
EQEP3A
EMU0
GPIO49/
ECAP6/
XD30/
SPISOMID
GPIO52/
EQEP1S/
XD27
GPIO55/
SPISOMIA/
XD24/
EQEP3B
TMS
VSS
VDD
VSS
VDD
VDDIO
VDD
VDDIO
VSS
GPIO56/
SPICLKA/
XD23/
EQEP3S
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDDIO
GPIO65/
XD14
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VSS
GPIO67/
XD12
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDDIO
GPIO69/
XD10
GPIO58/
MCLKRA/
N
XD21/
EPWM7A
Figure 2-6. C2834x 256-Ball ZFE Plastic BGA Upper Right Quadrant (Bottom View)
20
Introduction
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
H
GPIO10/
GPIO11/
EPWM6A/ EPWM6B/
CANRXB/ SCIRXDB/
ADCSOCBO ECAP4
G
GPIO7/
EPWM4B/
MCLKRA/
ECAP2
F
GPIO4/
EPWM3A
GPIO5/
GPIO6/
EPWM3B/
EPWM4A/
MFSRA/ EPWMSYNCI/
ECAP1
EPWMSYNCO
E
GPIO1/
EPWM1B/
ECAP6/
MFSRB
GPIO2/
EPWM2A
D
GPIO29/
SCITXDA/
XA19
C
GPIO12/
TZ1/
CANTXB/
MDXB
VSS
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
GPIO9/
GPIO8/
EPWM5B/
EPWM5A/
SCITXDB/
CANTXB/
ECAP3
ADCSOCAO
VSS
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDDIO
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
GPIO3/
EPWM2B/
ECAP5/
MCLKRB
VDDIO
VSS
VDD
VDD
VDD
GPIO0/
EPWM1A
VSS
VSS
VDDIO
VDDIO
VSS
VDDIO
VDD
GPIO30/
CANRXA/
XA18
VSS
VSS
GPIO86/
XA14
GPIO83/
XA11
GPIO81/
XA9
GPIO47/
XA7
B
VSS
VSS
GPIO31/
CANTXA/
XA17
GPIO39/
XA16
GPIO85/
XA13
GPIO82/
XA10
GPIO80/
XA8
GPIO46/
XA6
A
VSS
VSS
VDDIO
GPIO87/
XA15
GPIO84/
XA12
VDD18
X1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
VSSK
8
Figure 2-7. C2834x 256-Ball ZFE Plastic BGA Lower Left Quadrant (Bottom View)
Introduction
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
21
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
VSS
VSS
VDD
VSS
GPIO72/
XD7
GPIO71/
XD8
GPIO70/
XD9
H
VSS
VSS
VDD
VSS
GPIO75/
XD4
GPIO74/
XD5
GPIO73/
XD6
G
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDDIO
GPIO78/
XD1
GPIO77/
XD2
GPIO76/
XD3
F
VDD
VDD
VDD
VSS
VDDIO
XWE1
GPIO38/
XWE0
GPIO79/
XD0
E
VSS
VSS
VDDIO
VDDIO
VSS
VSS
XRD
XCLKOUT
D
GPIO45/
XA5
GPIO44/
XA4
GPIO42/
XA2
GPIO40/
XA0
VSS
VSS
GPIO35/
SCITXDA/
XR/W
VDD
C
VDDIO
GPIO43/
XA3
GPIO41/
XA1
GPIO37/
ECAP2/
XZCS7
GPIO28/
SCIRXDA/
XZCS6
GPIO34/
ECAP1/
XREADY
VSS
VSS
B
X2
VSS
VDD18
XCLKIN
GPIO36/
SCIRXDA/
XZCS0
VDDIO
VSS
VSS
A
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
VSS
VSS
Figure 2-8. C2834x 256-Ball ZFE Plastic BGA Lower Right Quadrant (Bottom View)
22
Introduction
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
2.2
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Signal Descriptions
Table 2-2 describes the signals. The GPIO function (shown in Italics) is the default at reset. The peripheral
signals that are listed under them are alternate functions. Some peripheral functions may not be available
in all devices. See Table 2-1 for details. Inputs are not 5-V tolerant. All XINTF pins have a drive strength
of 4 mA (typical). All GPIO pins are I/O/Z, 4-mA drive typical and have an internal pullup, which can be
selectively enabled or disabled on a per-pin basis. This feature only applies to the GPIO pins. The pullups
on GPIO0–GPIO11 and GPIO58–GPIO63 pins are not enabled at reset. The pullups on GPIO12–GPIO57
and GPIO64–GPIO87 are enabled upon reset.
Table 2-2. Signal Descriptions
NAME
ZHH
BALL #
ZFE
BALL #
M7
R8
JTAG test reset with internal pulldown. TRST, when driven high, gives the scan system control of
the operations of the device. If this signal is not connected or driven low, the device operates in its
functional mode, and the test reset signals are ignored.
NOTE: TRST is an active high test pin and must be maintained low at all times during normal
device operation. An external pulldown resistor is recommended on this pin. The value of this
resistor should be based on drive strength of the debugger pods applicable to the design. A 2.2-kΩ
resistor generally offers adequate protection. Since this is application-specific, it is recommended
that each target board be validated for proper operation of the debugger and the application. (I, ↓)
P9
T11
JTAG test clock. An external pullup resistor is required on this pin. A 2.2-kΩ resistor generally offers
adequate protection.(I)
M8
P9
JTAG test-mode select (TMS) with internal pullup. This serial control input is clocked into the TAP
controller on the rising edge of TCK. (I, ↑)
L6
T8
JTAG test data input (TDI) with internal pullup. TDI is clocked into the selected register (instruction
or data) on a rising edge of TCK. (I, ↑)
N7
P8
JTAG scan out, test data output (TDO). The contents of the selected register (instruction or data)
are shifted out of TDO on the falling edge of TCK.
N9
P10
Emulator pin 0. When TRST is driven high, this pin is used as an interrupt to or from the emulator
system and is defined as input/output through the JTAG scan. This pin is also used to put the
device into boundary-scan mode. With the EMU0 pin at a logic-high state and the EMU1 pin at a
logic-low state, a rising edge on the TRST pin would latch the device into boundary-scan mode.
NOTE: An external pullup resistor is recommended on this pin. The value of this resistor should be
based on the drive strength of the debugger pods applicable to the design. A 2.2-kΩ to 4.7-kΩ
resistor is generally adequate. Since this is application-specific, it is recommended that each target
board be validated for proper operation of the debugger and the application.
L9
R10
Emulator pin 1. When TRST is driven high, this pin is used as an interrupt to or from the emulator
system and is defined as input/output through the JTAG scan. This pin is also used to put the
device into boundary-scan mode. With the EMU0 pin at a logic-high state and the EMU1 pin at a
logic-low state, a rising edge on the TRST pin would latch the device into boundary-scan mode.
NOTE: An external pullup resistor is recommended on this pin. The value of this resistor should be
based on the drive strength of the debugger pods applicable to the design. A 2.2-kΩ to 4.7-kΩ
resistor is generally adequate. Since this is application-specific, it is recommended that each target
board be validated for proper operation of the debugger and the application.
B14
D16
Output clock derived from SYSCLKOUT. XCLKOUT is either the same frequency, one-half the
frequency, one-fourth the frequency, or one-eighth the frequency of SYSCLKOUT. This is controlled
by bit 19 (BY4CLKMODE), bits 18:16 (XTIMCLK), and bit 2 (CLKMODE) in the XINTCNF2 register.
At reset, XCLKOUT = SYSCLKOUT/8. The XCLKOUT signal can be turned off by setting
XINTCNF2[CLKOFF] to 1. Unlike other GPIO pins, the XCLKOUT pin is not placed in highimpedance state during a reset.
D9
A12
External Oscillator Input. This pin is to feed a clock from an external 3.3-V oscillator. In this case,
the X1 pin must be tied to VSSK. If a crystal/resonator is used (or if an external 1.8-V oscillator is
used to feed clock to X1 pin), this pin must be tied to VSS. (I)
C8
A7
Internal/External Oscillator Input. To use the internal oscillator, a quartz crystal may be connected
across X1 and X2. The X1 pin is referenced to the 1.8-V core digital power supply. A 1.8-V external
oscillator may be connected to the X1 pin. In this case, the XCLKIN pin must be connected to VSS.
If a 3.3-V external oscillator is used with the XCLKIN pin, X1 must be tied to VSSK. (I)
A8
A9
Internal Oscillator Output. A quartz crystal may be connected across X1 and X2. If X2 is not used it
must be left unconnected. (O)
DESCRIPTION
JTAG
TRST
TCK
TMS
TDI
TDO
EMU0
EMU1
Clock
XCLKOUT
XCLKIN
X1
X2
Introduction
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
23
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Table 2-2. Signal Descriptions (continued)
ZHH
BALL #
NAME
ZFE
BALL #
DESCRIPTION
Reset
XRS
P8
T10
Device Reset (in) and Watchdog Reset (out).
Device reset. XRS causes the device to terminate execution. The PC will point to the address
contained at the location 0x3FFFC0. When XRS is brought to a high level, execution begins at the
location pointed to by the PC. This pin is driven low by the MCU when a watchdog reset occurs.
During watchdog reset, the XRS pin is driven low for the watchdog reset duration of 512 OSCCLK
cycles. (I/OD, ↑)
The output buffer of this pin is an open-drain with an internal pullup. It is recommended that this pin
be driven by an open-drain device.
XRSIO
N8
T9
XRS I/O Control (I) - This pin must be connected to the XRS pin on the target board. When XRS is
low (reset), the level detected on this pin puts all output buffers on the device in high-impedance
mode.
EXTSOC1A
N1
M2
External ADC SOC Group 1 A Output. Trigger for external ADC, this signal is logical OR of
ePWM1/2/3 SOCA internal signals (O)
EXTSOC1B
M3
M3
External ADC SOC Group 1 B Output. Trigger for external ADC, this signal is logical OR of
ePWM1/2/3 SOCB internal signals (O)
EXTSOC2A
M2
N1
External ADC SOC Group 2 A Output. Trigger for external ADC, this signal is logical OR of
ePWM4/5/6 SOCA internal signals (O)
EXTSOC2B
P1
N2
External ADC SOC Group 2 B Output. Trigger for external ADC, this signal is logical OR of
ePWM4/5/6 SOCB internal signals (O)
EXTSOC3A
N2
N3
External ADC SOC Group 3 A Output. Trigger for external ADC, this signal is logical OR of
ePWM7/8/9 SOCA internal signals (O)
EXTSOC3B
P2
P2
External ADC SOC Group3 B Output. Trigger for external ADC, this signal is logical OR of
ePWM7/8/9 SOCB internal signals (O)
EXTADCCLK
N3
R3
External ADC Clock Signal. Clock for external ADC support, derived from SYSCLK (O)
External ADC Interface Signals
GPIO and Peripheral Signals
GPIO0
EPWM1A
-
B1
D2
General purpose input/output 0 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced PWM1 Output A and HRPWM channel (O)
-
GPIO1
EPWM1B
ECAP6
MFSRB
C1
E1
General purpose input/output 1 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced PWM1 Output B (O)
Enhanced Capture 6 input/output (I/O)
McBSP-B receive frame synch (I/O)
E2
General purpose input/output 2 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced PWM2 Output A and HRPWM channel (O)
-
E3
General purpose input/output 3 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced PWM2 Output B (O)
Enhanced Capture 5 input/output (I/O)
McBSP-B receive clock (I/O)
F1
General purpose input/output 4 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced PWM3 output A and HRPWM channel (O)
-
F2
General purpose input/output 5 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced PWM3 output B (O)
McBSP-A receive frame synch (I/O)
Enhanced Capture input/output 1 (I/O)
F3
General purpose input/output 6 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced PWM4 output A and HRPWM channel (O)
External ePWM sync pulse input (I)
External ePWM sync pulse output (O)
G1
General purpose input/output 7 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced PWM4 output B (O)
McBSP-A receive clock (I/O)
Enhanced capture input/output 2 (I/O)
GPIO2
EPWM2A
-
F5
GPIO3
EPWM2B
ECAP5
MCLKRB
E4
GPIO4
EPWM3A
-
E2
GPIO5
EPWM3B
MFSRA
ECAP1
E3
GPIO6
EPWM4A
EPWMSYNCI
EPWMSYNCO
GPIO7
EPWM4B
MCLKRA
ECAP2
24
F3
F2
Introduction
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Table 2-2. Signal Descriptions (continued)
ZHH
BALL #
ZFE
BALL #
GPIO8
EPWM5A
CANTXB
ADCSOCAO
G4
G2
General Purpose Input/Output 8 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced PWM5 output A and HRPWM channel (O)
Enhanced CAN-B transmit (O)
ADC start-of-conversion A (O)
GPIO9
EPWM5B
SCITXDB
ECAP3
G2
G3
General purpose input/output 9 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced PWM5 output B (O)
SCI-B transmit data(O)
Enhanced capture input/output 3 (I/O)
GPIO10
EPWM6A
CANRXB
ADCSOCBO
G3
H1
General purpose input/output 10 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced PWM6 output A and HRPWM channel (O)
Enhanced CAN-B receive (I)
ADC start-of-conversion B (O)
GPIO11
EPWM6B
SCIRXDB
ECAP4
H3
H2
General purpose input/output 11 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced PWM6 output B (O)
SCI-B receive data (I)
Enhanced CAP Input/Output 4 (I/O)
GPIO12
TZ1
CANTXB
MDXB
H2
H3
General purpose input/output 12 (I/O/Z)
Trip Zone input 1 (I)
Enhanced CAN-B transmit (O)
McBSP-B transmit serial data (O)
GPIO13
TZ2
CANRXB
MDRB
H4
J2
General purpose input/output 13 (I/O/Z)
Trip Zone input 2 (I)
Enhanced CAN-B receive (I)
McBSP-B receive serial data (I)
NAME
DESCRIPTION
GPIO14
General purpose input/output 14 (I/O/Z)
TZ3/XHOLD
Trip Zone input 3/External Hold Request. XHOLD, when active (low), requests the external interface
(XINTF) to release the external bus and place all buses and strobes into a high-impedance state. To
prevent this from happening when TZ3 signal goes active, disable this function by writing
XINTCNF2[HOLD] = 1. If this is not done, the XINTF bus will go into high impedance anytime TZ3
goes low. On the ePWM side, TZn signals are ignored by default, unless they are enabled by the
code. The XINTF will release the bus when any current access is complete and there are no
pending accesses on the XINTF. (I)
H5
J3
SCITXDB
MCLKXB
SCI-B Transmit (O)
McBSP-B transmit clock (I/O)
GPIO15
General purpose input/output 15 (I/O/Z)
TZ4/XHOLDA
Trip Zone input 4/External Hold Acknowledge. The pin function for this option is based on the
direction chosen in the GPADIR register. If the pin is configured as an input, then TZ4 function is
chosen. If the pin is configured as an output, then XHOLDA function is chosen. XHOLDA is driven
active (low) when the XINTF has granted an XHOLD request. All XINTF buses and strobe signals
will be in a high-impedance state. XHOLDA is released when the XHOLD signal is released.
External devices should only drive the external bus when XHOLDA is active (low). (I/O)
K2
K2
SCIRXDB
MFSXB
SCI-B receive (I)
McBSP-B transmit frame synch (I/O)
GPIO16
SPISIMOA
CANTXB
TZ5
K4
L1
General purpose input/output 16 (I/O/Z)
SPI slave in, master out (I/O)
Enhanced CAN-B transmit (O)
Trip Zone input 5 (I)
GPIO17
SPISOMIA
CANRXB
TZ6
J5
L2
General purpose input/output 17 (I/O/Z)
SPI-A slave out, master in (I/O)
Enhanced CAN-B receive (I)
Trip zone input 6 (I)
M1
General purpose input/output 18 (I/O/Z)
SPI-A clock input/output (I/O)
SCI-B transmit (O)
Enhanced CAN-A receive (I)
T4
General purpose input/output 19 (I/O/Z)
SPI-A slave transmit enable input/output (I/O)
SCI-B receive (I)
Enhanced CAN-A transmit (O)
GPIO18
SPICLKA
SCITXDB
CANRXA
GPIO19
SPISTEA
SCIRXDB
CANTXA
L1
P3
Introduction
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
25
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Table 2-2. Signal Descriptions (continued)
ZHH
BALL #
ZFE
BALL #
GPIO20
EQEP1A
MDXA
CANTXB
L4
R4
General purpose input/output 20 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced QEP1 input A (I)
McBSP-A transmit serial data (O)
Enhanced CAN-B transmit (O)
GPIO21
EQEP1B
MDRA
CANRXB
M4
T5
General purpose input/output 21 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced QEP1 input B (I)
McBSP-A receive serial data (I)
Enhanced CAN-B receive (I)
GPIO22
EQEP1S
MCLKXA
SCITXDB
N4
R5
General purpose input/output 22 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced QEP1 strobe (I/O)
McBSP-A transmit clock (I/O)
SCI-B transmit (O)
GPIO23
EQEP1I
MFSXA
SCIRXDB
P4
P5
General purpose input/output 23 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced QEP1 index (I/O)
McBSP-A transmit frame synch (I/O)
SCI-B receive (I)
GPIO24
ECAP1
EQEP2A
MDXB
P5
T6
General purpose input/output 24 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced capture 1 (I/O)
Enhanced QEP2 input A (I)
McBSP-B transmit serial data (O)
GPIO25
ECAP2
EQEP2B
MDRB
M5
R6
General purpose input/output 25 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced capture 2 (I/O)
Enhanced QEP2 input B (I)
McBSP-B receive serial data (I)
GPIO26
ECAP3
EQEP2I
MCLKXB
K6
P6
General purpose input/output 26 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced capture 3 (I/O)
Enhanced QEP2 index (I/O)
McBSP-B transmit clock (I/O)
GPIO27
ECAP4
EQEP2S
MFSXB
M6
T7
General purpose input/output 27 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced capture 4 (I/O)
Enhanced QEP2 strobe (I/O)
McBSP-B transmit frame synch (I/O)
GPIO28
SCIRXDA
XZCS6
A12
B13
General purpose input/output 28 (I/O/Z)
SCI receive data (I)
External Interface zone 6 chip select (O)
GPIO29
SCITXDA
XA19
C3
D1
General purpose input/output 29. (I/O/Z)
SCI transmit data (O)
External Interface Address Line 19 (O)
GPIO30
CANRXA
XA18
C2
C2
General purpose input/output 30 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced CAN-A receive (I)
External Interface Address Line 18 (O)
GPIO31
CANTXA
XA17
B2
B3
General purpose input/output 31 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced CAN-A transmit (O)
External Interface Address Line 17 (O)
R7
General purpose input/output 32 (I/O/Z)
I2C data open-drain bidirectional port (I/OD)
Enhanced PWM external sync pulse input (I)
ADC start-of-conversion A (O)
NAME
GPIO32
SDAA
EPWMSYNCI
ADCSOCAO
P6
DESCRIPTION
GPIO33
SCLA
EPWMSYNCO
ADCSOCBO
N6
P7
General-Purpose Input/Output 33 (I/O/Z)
I2C clock open-drain bidirectional port (I/OD)
Enhanced PWM external synch pulse output (O)
ADC start-of-conversion B (O)
GPIO34
ECAP1
XREADY
A13
B14
General-Purpose Input/Output 34 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced Capture input/output 1 (I/O)
External Interface Ready signal
GPIO35
SCITXDA
XR/W
B13
C15
General-Purpose Input/Output 35 (I/O/Z)
SCI-A transmit data (O)
External Interface read, not write strobe
GPIO36
SCIRXDA
XZCS0
B12
A13
General-Purpose Input/Output 36 (I/O/Z)
SCI-A receive data (I)
External Interface zone 0 chip select (O)
26
Introduction
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Table 2-2. Signal Descriptions (continued)
ZHH
BALL #
ZFE
BALL #
GPIO37
ECAP2
XZCS7
D11
B12
General-Purpose Input/Output 37 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced Capture input/output 2 (I/O)
External Interface zone 7 chip select (O)
GPIO38
XWE0
C12
E15
General-Purpose Input/Output 38 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Write Enable 0 (O). XWE0 defaults back to GPIO38 upon reset, during which
time it will be high-impedance.
GPIO39
XA16
A2
B4
General-Purpose Input/Output 39 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Address Line 16 (O)
GPIO40
XA0
E10
C12
General-Purpose Input/Output 40 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Address Line 0
GPIO41
XA1
D10
B11
General-Purpose Input/Output 41 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Address Line 1 (O)
GPIO42
XA2
B10
C11
General-Purpose Input/Output 42 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Address Line 2 (O)
GPIO43
XA3
A10
B10
General-Purpose Input/Output 43 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Address Line 3 (O)
GPIO44
XA4
A9
C10
General-Purpose Input/Output 44 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Address Line 4 (O)
GPIO45
XA5
B9
C9
General-Purpose Input/Output 45 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Address Line 5 (O)
GPIO46
XA6
E7
B8
General-Purpose Input/Output 46 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Address Line 6 (O)
GPIO47
XA7
D6
C8
General-Purpose Input/Output 47 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Address Line 7 (O)
GPIO48
ECAP5
XD31
SPISIMOD
M10
R11
General-Purpose Input/Output 48 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced Capture input/output 5 (I/O)
External Interface Data Line 31 (O)
SPI-D slave in, master out (I/O)
GPIO49
ECAP6
XD30
SPISOMID
P10
P11
General-Purpose Input/Output 49 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced Capture input/output 6 (I/O)
External Interface Data Line 30 (O)
SPI-D slave out, master in (I/O)
GPIO50
EQEP1A
XD29
SPICLKD
N10
T12
General-Purpose Input/Output 50 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced QEP 1input A (I)
External Interface Data Line 29 (O)
SPI-D Clock input/output (I/O)
GPIO51
EQEP1B
XD28
SPISTED
N11
R12
General-Purpose Input/Output 51 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced QEP 1input B (I)
External Interface Data Line 28 (O)
SPI-D slave transmit enable input/output (I/O)
GPIO52
EQEP1S
XD27
M11
P12
General-Purpose Input/Output 52 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced QEP 1Strobe (I/O)
External Interface Data Line 27 (O)
GPIO53
EQEP1I
XD26
L11
T13
General-Purpose Input/Output 53 (I/O/Z)
Enhanced QEP1 lndex (I/O)
External Interface Data Line 26 (O)
GPIO54
SPISIMOA
XD25
EQEP3A
P12
R13
General-Purpose Input/Output 54 (I/O/Z)
SPI-A slave in, master out (I/O)
External Interface Data Line 25 (O)
Enhanced QEP3 input A (I)
NAME
DESCRIPTION
Introduction
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
27
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Table 2-2. Signal Descriptions (continued)
ZHH
BALL #
ZFE
BALL #
GPIO55
SPISOMIA
XD24
EQEP3B
N12
P13
General-Purpose Input/Output 55 (I/O/Z)
SPI-A slave out, master in (I/O)
External Interface Data Line 24 (O)
Enhanced QEP3 input B (I)
GPIO56
SPICLKA
XD23
EQEP3S
P13
R14
General-Purpose Input/Output 56 (I/O/Z)
SPI-A clock (I/O)
External Interface Data Line 23 (O)
Enhanced QEP3 strobe (I/O)
GPIO57
SPISTEA
XD22
EQEP3I
N13
P15
General-Purpose Input/Output 57 (I/O/Z)
SPI-A slave transmit enable (I/O)
External Interface Data Line 22 (O)
Enhanced QEP3 index (I/O)
GPIO58
MCLKRA
XD21
EPWM7A
P14
N16
General-Purpose Input/Output 58 (I/O/Z)
McBSP-A receive clock (I/O)
External Interface Data Line 21 (O)
Enhanced PWM 7 output A and HRPWM channel (O)
GPIO59
MFSRA
XD20
EPWM7B
M13
N15
General-Purpose Input/Output 59 (I/O/Z)
McBSP-A receive frame synch (I/O)
External Interface Data Line 20 (O)
Enhanced PWM 7 output B (O)
GPIO60
MCLKRB
XD19
EPWM8A
M14
M16
General-Purpose Input/Output 60 (I/O/Z)
McBSP-B receive clock (I/O)
External Interface Data Line 19 (O)
Enhanced PWM 8 output A and HRPWM channel (O)
GPIO61
MFSRB
XD18
EPWM8B
L12
M15
General-Purpose Input/Output 61 (I/O/Z)
McBSP-B receive frame synch (I/O)
External Interface Data Line 18 (O)
Enhanced PWM8 output B (O)
GPIO62
SCIRXDC
XD17
EPWM9A
L13
M14
General-Purpose Input/Output 62 (I/O/Z)
SCI-C receive data (I)
External Interface Data Line 17 (O)
Enhanced PWM9 output A and HRPWM channel (O)
GPIO63
SCITXDC
XD16
EPWM9B
K13
L16
General-Purpose Input/Output 63 (I/O/Z)
SCI-C transmit data (O)
External Interface Data Line 16 (O)
Enhanced PWM9 output B (O)
GPIO64
XD15
K12
L15
General-Purpose Input/Output 64 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Data Line 15 (O)
GPIO65
XD14
K14
L14
General-Purpose Input/Output 65 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Data Line 14 (O)
GPIO66
XD13
J11
K15
General-Purpose Input/Output 66 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Data Line 13 (O)
GPIO67
XD12
J12
K14
General-Purpose Input/Output 67 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Data Line 12 (O)
GPIO68
XD11
J13
J15
General-Purpose Input/Output 68 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Data Line 11 (O)
GPIO69
XD10
H13
J14
General-Purpose Input/Output 69 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Data Line 10 (O)
GPIO70
XD9
H12
H16
General-Purpose Input/Output 70 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Data Line 9 (O)
GPIO71
XD8
G12
H15
General-Purpose Input/Output 71 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Data Line 8 (O)
NAME
28
Introduction
DESCRIPTION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Table 2-2. Signal Descriptions (continued)
ZHH
BALL #
ZFE
BALL #
GPIO72
XD7
G13
H14
General-Purpose Input/Output 72 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Data Line 7 (O)
GPIO73
XD6
F14
G16
General-Purpose Input/Output 73 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Data Line 6 (O)
GPIO74
XD5
F13
G15
General-Purpose Input/Output 74 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Data Line 5 (O)
GPIO75
XD4
F12
G14
General-Purpose Input/Output 75 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Data Line 4 (O)
GPIO76
XD3
E13
F16
General-Purpose Input/Output 76 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Data Line 3 (O)
GPIO77
XD2
E11
F15
General-Purpose Input/Output 77 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Data Line 2 (O)
GPIO78
XD1
F10
F14
General-Purpose Input/Output 78 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Data Line 1 (O)
GPIO79
XD0
C14
E16
General-Purpose Input/Output 79 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Data Line 0 (O)
GPIO80
XA8
E6
B7
General-Purpose Input/Output 80 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Address Line 8 (O)
GPIO81
XA9
C5
C7
General-Purpose Input/Output 81 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Address Line 9 (O)
GPIO82
XA10
A5
B6
General-Purpose Input/Output 82 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Address Line 10 (O)
GPIO83
XA11
B5
C6
General-Purpose Input/Output 83 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Address Line 11 (O)
GPIO84
XA12
D5
A5
General-Purpose Input/Output 84 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Address Line 12 (O)
GPIO85
XA13
D4
B5
General-Purpose Input/Output 85 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Address Line 13 (O)
GPIO86
XA14
A3
C5
General-Purpose Input/Output 86 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Address Line 14 (O)
GPIO87
XA15
B3
A4
General-Purpose Input/Output 87 (I/O/Z)
External Interface Address Line 15 (O)
XRD
A14
D15
External Interface Read Enable (O). The XRD pin is high-impedance on reset. It stays that way as
long as the XINTF clock is turned off (which happens on reset).
XWE1
C13
E14
External Memory Interface Write Enable for Upper 16-bits (O). The XWE1 pin is high-impedance on
reset. It stays that way as long as the XINTF clock is turned off (which happens on reset).
NAME
DESCRIPTION
Introduction
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
29
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Table 2-2. Signal Descriptions (continued)
ZHH
BALL #
ZFE
BALL #
VDD18
E8
A6
VDD18
C7
A11
VSSK
B8
A8
VDD
D1
C1
VDD
E1
C16
VDD
G1
E6
VDD
K3
E7
VDD
M1
E8
VDD
N5
E9
VDD
P7
E10
VDD
J3
E11
NAME
DESCRIPTION
CPU and I/O Power Pins
VDD
J4
F5
VDD
K9
F12
VDD
L10
G5
VDD
N14
G12
VDD
K11
H5
VDD
H11
H12
VDD
H14
J5
VDD
G10
J12
VDD
E12
K3
VDD
D12
K5
VDD
C11
K12
VDD
C10
L3
VDD
B7
L5
VDD
C6
L12
VDD
E5
M6
VDD
C4
M7
VDD
Oscillator Kelvin Reference Ground. This pin should not be connected to Vss. See Figure 3-10
through Figure 3-12 for proper application board connections.
CPU and logic digital power pins (1.1 V/1.2 V)
M8
VDD
M9
VDD
M10
VDD
M11
VDD
P1
VDD
P16
VDDIO
D3
A3
VDDIO
F1
A14
VDDIO
J1
B9
VDDIO
L2
D5
VDDIO
K5
D6
VDDIO
K7
D8
VDDIO
K8
D11
VDDIO
P11
D12
VDDIO
L14
E4
30
Oscillator and PLL Power Pin (1.8 V)
Introduction
Digital I/O power pins (3.3 V)
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Table 2-2. Signal Descriptions (continued)
ZHH
BALL #
ZFE
BALL #
VDDIO
J14
E13
VDDIO
F11
F4
VDDIO
D14
F13
VDDIO
A11
J1
VDDIO
C9
J4
VDDIO
D7
J13
VDDIO
B6
J16
VDDIO
B4
NAME
L4
VDDIO
L13
VDDIO
M4
VDDIO
M13
VDDIO
N5
VDDIO
N6
VDDIO
N8
VDDIO
N11
VDDIO
N12
VDDIO
R9
VDDIO
T3
VDDIO
T14
VSS
D2
DESCRIPTION
Digital I/O power pins
A1
VSS
F4
A2
VSS
G5
A10
VSS
H1
A15
VSS
J2
A16
VSS
K1
B1
VSS
L3
B2
VSS
L5
B15
VSS
L7
B16
VSS
L8
C3
VSS
M9
C4
VSS
K10
C13
VSS
M12
C14
VSS
J10
D3
VSS
H10
D4
VSS
G14
D7
VSS
G11
D9
VSS
E14
D10
VSS
D13
D13
VSS
B11
D14
VSS
E9
E5
VSS
D8
E12
VSS
A7
F6
VSS
A6
F7
VSS
A4
F8
VSS
F9
VSS
F10
Digital ground pins
Introduction
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
31
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Table 2-2. Signal Descriptions (continued)
NAME
ZHH
BALL #
ZFE
BALL #
VSS
F11
VSS
G4
VSS
G6
VSS
G7
VSS
G8
VSS
G9
VSS
G10
VSS
G11
VSS
G13
VSS
H4
VSS
H6
VSS
H7
VSS
H8
VSS
H9
VSS
H10
VSS
H11
VSS
H13
VSS
J6
VSS
J7
VSS
J8
VSS
J9
VSS
J10
VSS
J11
VSS
K1
VSS
K4
VSS
K6
VSS
K7
VSS
K8
VSS
K9
VSS
K10
VSS
K11
VSS
K13
VSS
K16
VSS
L6
VSS
L7
VSS
L8
VSS
L9
VSS
L10
VSS
L11
VSS
M5
VSS
M12
VSS
N4
VSS
N7
VSS
N9
VSS
N10
VSS
N13
32
Introduction
DESCRIPTION
Digital ground pins
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Table 2-2. Signal Descriptions (continued)
NAME
ZHH
BALL #
ZFE
BALL #
VSS
N14
VSS
P3
VSS
P4
VSS
P14
VSS
R1
VSS
R2
VSS
R15
VSS
R16
VSS
T1
VSS
T2
VSS
T15
VSS
T16
DESCRIPTION
Digital ground pins
Introduction
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
33
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Functional Overview
DMA Bus
3
www.ti.com
L0 SARAM 8K x 16
(0-Wait)
M1 SARAM 1K x 16
(0-Wait)
L1 SARAM 8K x 16
(0-Wait)
H0 SARAM 32K x 16
(1 Wait, Prefetch)
L2 SARAM 8K x 16
(0-Wait)
H1 SARAM 32K x 16
(1 Wait, Prefetch)
L3 SARAM 8K x 16
(0-Wait)
H2 SARAM 32K x 16
(1 Wait, Prefetch)
L4 SARAM 8K x 16
(0-Wait)
H3 SARAM 32K x 16
(1 Wait, Prefetch)
L5 SARAM 8K x 16
(0-Wait)
H4 SARAM 32K x 16
(1 Wait, Prefetch)
L6 SARAM 8K x 16
(1-Wait)
H5 SARAM 32K x 16
(1 Wait, Prefetch)
Memory Bus
M0 SARAM 1K x 16
(0-Wait)
Boot ROM
8K x 16
L7 SARAM 8K x 16
(1-Wait)
Memory Bus
XD31:0
FPU
TCK
XHOLDA
TDI
XHOLD
TMS
XREADY
XZCS0
EMU0
EMU1
XWE0
XA19:1
XCLKOUT
DMA Bus
XZCS6
Memory Bus
XZCS7
XCLKIN
CPU Timer 0
DMA
6 Ch
DMA Bus
32-bit peripheral bus
(DMA accessible)
16-bit peripheral bus
FIFO
(16 Levels)
ePWM-1/../9
eQEP-1/2/3
CAN-A/B
(32-mbox)
CANTXx
CANRXx
EQEPxI
EQEPxS
EQEPxB
EQEPxA
ESYNCO
ESYNCI
EPWMxB
TZx
EPWMxA
MFSRx
MFSXx
MCLKRx
MRXx
MCLKXx
HRPWM-1/../9
MDXx
SCLx
SDAx
I2C
SPISTEx
SPICLKx
SPISIMOx
SCIRXDx
SPISOMIx
SPI-A/D
eCAP-1/../6
ECAPx
FIFO
(16 Levels)
32-bit peripheral bus
McBSP-A/B
SCITXDx
XRS
Memory Bus
ADC
SoC
SCI-A/B/C
X1
X2
PIE
(Interrupts)
EXTADCCLK
FIFO
(16 Levels)
CPU Timer 1
8 External Interrupts
GPIO
MUX
EXTSOC
OSC,
PLL,
LPM,
WD
CPU Timer 2
XRD
XWE1
88 GPIOs
TDO
TRST
XINTF
88 GPIOs
32-bit CPU
(300 MHz @ 1.2 V
200 MHz @ 1.1 V)
XR/W
GPIO
MUX
GPIO MUX
88 GPIOs
Figure 3-1. Functional Block Diagram
34
Functional Overview
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
3.1
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Memory Maps
In Figure 3-2 through Figure 3-4, the following apply:
• Memory blocks are not to scale.
• Peripheral Frame 0, Peripheral Frame 1, Peripheral Frame 2, and Peripheral Frame 3 memory maps
are restricted to data memory only. A user program cannot access these memory maps in program
space.
• Protected means the order of "Write followed by Read" operations is preserved rather than the pipeline
order. See the TMS320x2834x Delfino System Control and Interrupts Reference Guide (literature
number SPRUFN1) for more details.
• Certain memory ranges are EALLOW protected against spurious writes after configuration.
• If the eCAN module is not used in an application, the RAM available (LAM, MOTS, MOTO, and
mailbox RAM) can be used as general-purpose RAM. The CAN module clock should be enabled for
this.
Functional Overview
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
35
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Block
Start Address
www.ti.com
On-Chip Memory
Prog Space
Data Space
0x00 0000
External Memory XINTF
Prog Space
Data Space
M0 Vector - RAM (32 x 32)
(Enable if VMAP = 0)
0x00 0040
M0 SARAM (1K x 16)
0x00 0400
M1 SARAM (1K x 16)
0x00 0800
Peripheral Frame 0
Reserved
0x00 0D00
PIE Vector - RAM
(256 x 16)
(Enabled if
VMAP = 1,
ENPIE =1)
0x00 0E00
Reserved
Peripheral Frame 0
0x00 2000
XINTF Zone 0 (4K x 16, XZCS0)
(Protected) DMA Accessible
Reserved
0x00 5000
0x00 4000
0x00 5000
Peripheral Frame 3
(Protected) DMA Accessible
0x00 6000
Peripheral Frame 1
(Protected)
Reserved
0x00 7000
Peripheral Frame 2
(Protected)
0x00 8000
L0 SARAM (8K x 16, DMA Accessible)
0x00 A000
L1 SARAM (8K x 16, DMA Accessible)
0x00 C000
Reserved
L2 SARAM (8K x 16, DMA Accessible)
0x00 E000
L3 SARAM (8K x 16, DMA Accessible)
0x01 0000
L4 SARAM (8K x 16, DMA Accessible)
0x01 2000
L5 SARAM (8K x 16, DMA Accessible)
0x01 4000
L6 SARAM (8K x 16, DMA Accessible)
0x01 6000
L7 SARAM (8K x 16, DMA Accessible)
0x01 8000
XINTF Zone 6 (1M x 16, XZCS6) (DMA Accessible)
Reserved
XINTF Zone 7 (1M x 16, XZCS7) (DMA Accessible)
0x30 0000
H0 SARAM
(32K x 16 Prefetch)
H1 SARAM
(32K x 16 Prefetch)
H2 SARAM
(32K x 16 Prefetch)
H3 SARAM
(32K x 16 Prefetch)
H4 SARAM
(32K x 16 Prefetch)
H5 SARAM
(32K x 16 Prefetch)
0x30 8000
0x31 0000
0x31 8000
0x32 0000
0x32 8000
0x33 0000
Reserved
0x33 FFF8
128-Bit Password
0x10 0000
0x20 0000
0x30 0000
Reserved
(A)
0x33 FFFF
Reserved
0x3F E000
Boot ROM (8K x 16)
0x3F FFC0
BROM Vector - ROM (32 x 32)
(Enable if VMAP = 1, ENPIE = 0)
LEGEND:
Only one of these vector maps-M0 vector, PIE vector, BROM vector-should be enabled at a time.
A.
These locations support compatibility with legacy C28x designs only. See Section 3.2.9.
Figure 3-2. C28346, C28345 Memory Map
36
Functional Overview
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Block
Start Address
On-Chip Memory
Prog Space
Data Space
0x00 0000
External Memory XINTF
Prog Space
Data Space
M0 Vector - RAM (32 x 32)
(Enable if VMAP = 0)
0x00 0040
M0 SARAM (1K x 16)
0x00 0400
M1 SARAM (1K x 16)
0x00 0800
Peripheral Frame 0
Reserved
0x00 0D00
PIE Vector - RAM
(256 x 16)
(Enabled if
VMAP = 1,
ENPIE =1)
0x00 0E00
Reserved
Peripheral Frame 0
0x00 2000
XINTF Zone 0 (4K x 16, XZCS0)
(Protected) DMA Accessible
Reserved
0x00 5000
0x00 4000
0x00 5000
Peripheral Frame 3
(Protected) DMA Accessible
0x00 6000
Peripheral Frame 1
(Protected)
Reserved
0x00 7000
Peripheral Frame 2
(Protected)
0x00 8000
0x00 A000
0x00 C000
0x00 E000
0x01 0000
0x01 2000
0x01 4000
0x01 6000
L0 SARAM (8K x 16, DMA Accessible)
L1 SARAM (8K x 16, DMA Accessible)
Reserved
L2 SARAM (8K x 16, DMA Accessible)
L3 SARAM (8K x 16, DMA Accessible)
L4 SARAM (8K x 16, DMA Accessible)
L5 SARAM (8K x 16, DMA Accessible)
L6 SARAM (8K x 16, DMA Accessible)
L7 SARAM (8K x 16, DMA Accessible)
0x01 8000
XINTF Zone 6 (1M x 16, XZCS6) (DMA Accessible)
Reserved
0x20 0000
XINTF Zone 7 (1M x 16, XZCS7) (DMA Accessible)
0x30 0000
0x30 8000
0x31 0000
0x10 0000
0x30 0000
H0 SARAM
(32K x 16 Prefetch)
H1 SARAM
(32K x 16 Prefetch)
Reserved
Reserved
0x33 FFF8
128-Bit Password
(A)
0x33 FFFF
Reserved
0x3F E000
Boot ROM (8K x 16)
0x3F FFC0
BROM Vector - ROM (32 x 32)
(Enable if VMAP = 1, ENPIE = 0)
LEGEND:
Only one of these vector maps-M0 vector, PIE vector, BROM vector-should be enabled at a time.
A.
These locations support compatibility with legacy C28x designs only. See Section 3.2.9.
Figure 3-3. C28344, C28343 Memory Map
Functional Overview
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
37
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Block
Start Address
www.ti.com
On-Chip Memory
Prog Space
Data Space
0x00 0000
External Memory XINTF
Prog Space
Data Space
M0 Vector - RAM (32 x 32)
(Enable if VMAP = 0)
0x00 0040
M0 SARAM (1K x 16)
0x00 0400
M1 SARAM (1K x 16)
0x00 0800
Peripheral Frame 0
Reserved
0x00 0D00
PIE Vector - RAM
(256 x 16)
(Enabled if
VMAP = 1,
ENPIE =1)
0x00 0E00
Reserved
Peripheral Frame 0
0x00 2000
XINTF Zone 0 (4K x 16, XZCS0)
(Protected) DMA Accessible
Reserved
0x00 5000
0x00 4000
0x00 5000
Peripheral Frame 3
(Protected) DMA Accessible
0x00 6000
Peripheral Frame 1
(Protected)
Reserved
0x00 7000
Peripheral Frame 2
(Protected)
0x00 8000
0x00 A000
0x00 C000
0x00 E000
L0 SARAM (8K x 16, DMA Accessible)
L1 SARAM (8K x 16, DMA Accessible)
Reserved
L2 SARAM (8K x 16, DMA Accessible)
L3 SARAM (8K x 16, DMA Accessible)
0x01 0000
Reserved
0x10 0000
XINTF Zone 6 (1M x 16, XZCS6) (DMA Accessible)
0x20 0000
XINTF Zone 7 (1M x 16, XZCS7) (DMA Accessible)
0x30 0000
0x30 8000
0x31 0000
0x30 0000
H0 SARAM
(32K x 16 Prefetch)
H1 SARAM
(32K x 16 Prefetch)
Reserved
Reserved
0x33 FFF8
128-Bit Password
(A)
0x33 FFFF
Reserved
0x3F E000
Boot ROM (8K x 16)
0x3F FFC0
BROM Vector - ROM (32 x 32)
(Enable if VMAP = 1, ENPIE = 0)
LEGEND:
Only one of these vector maps-M0 vector, PIE vector, BROM vector-should be enabled at a time.
A.
These locations support compatibility with legacy C28x designs only. See Section 3.2.9.
Figure 3-4. C28342, C28341 Memory Map
38
Functional Overview
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Peripheral Frame 1, Peripheral Frame 2, and Peripheral Frame 3 are grouped together to enable these
blocks to be write/read peripheral block protected. The protected mode ensures that all accesses to these
blocks happen as written. Because of the C28x pipeline, a write immediately followed by a read, to
different memory locations, will appear in reverse order on the memory bus of the CPU. This can cause
problems in certain peripheral applications where the user expected the write to occur first (as written).
The C28x CPU supports a block protection mode where a region of memory can be protected so as to
make sure that operations occur as written (the penalty is extra cycles are added to align the operations).
This mode is programmable and by default, it will protect the selected zones.
The wait-states for the various spaces in the memory map area are listed in Table 3-1.
Table 3-1. Wait-states
AREA
WAIT-STATES
(CPU)
WAIT-STATES
(DMA) (1)
M0 and M1 SARAMs
0-wait
No access
Peripheral Frame 0
0-wait (writes)
No access (writes)
1-wait (reads)
0-wait (reads)
Peripheral Frame 3
0-wait (writes)
0-wait (writes)
2-wait (reads)
1-wait (reads)
Peripheral Frame 1
0-wait (writes)
2-wait (reads)
Peripheral Frame 2
0-wait (writes)
2-wait (reads)
L0 SARAM
L1 SARAM
COMMENTS
Fixed
Assumes no conflicts between CPU and DMA.
Cycles can be extended by peripheral generated ready.
No access
No access
0-wait data and
program
Consecutive writes to the CAN will experience a 1-cycle
pipeline hit.
Fixed. Cycles cannot be extended by the peripheral.
Assumes no CPU conflicts
L2 SARAM
L3 SARAM
L4 SARAM
1-wait
Assumes no conflicts between CPU and DMA
L5 SARAM
L6 SARAM
1-wait
L7 SARAM
XINTF
Programmable
Programmed via the XTIMING registers or extendable via
external XREADY signal.
1-wait minimum
1-wait is minimum wait states allowed on external waveforms
for both reads and writes on XINTF.
0-wait minimum writes
with write buffer
enabled
H0 SARAM
0-wait data (write)
0-wait data (read)
1-wait
A program-access prefetch mechanism is enabled on these
memories to improve instruction fetch performance for linear
code execution.
H1 SARAM
H2 SARAM
0-wait minimum for writes assumes write buffer enabled and
not full.
Assumes no conflicts between CPU and DMA. When DMA
and CPU attempt simultaneous conflict, 1-cycle delay is
added for arbitration.
No access
H3 SARAM
H4 SARAM
H5 SARAM
Boot-ROM
(1)
1-wait
No access
The DMA has a base of 4 cycles/word.
Functional Overview
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
39
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
3.2
3.2.1
www.ti.com
Brief Descriptions
C28x CPU
The C2834x (C28x+FPU) family is a member of the TMS320C2000™ microcontroller (MCU) platform. The
C28x+FPU based controllers have the same 32-bit fixed-point architecture as TI's existing C28x MCUs,
but also include a single-precision (32-bit) IEEE 754 floating-point unit (FPU). It is a very efficient C/C++
engine, enabling users to develop their system control software in a high-level language. It also enables
math algorithms to be developed using C/C++. The device is as efficient at DSP math tasks as it is at
system control tasks. This efficiency removes the need for a second processor in many systems. The 32 x
32-bit MAC 64-bit processing capabilities enable the controller to handle higher numerical resolution
problems efficiently. Add to this the fast interrupt response with automatic context save of critical registers,
resulting in a device that is capable of servicing many asynchronous events with minimal latency. The
device has an 8-level-deep protected pipeline with pipelined memory accesses. This pipelining enables it
to execute at high speeds without resorting to expensive high-speed memories. Special branch-lookahead hardware minimizes the latency for conditional discontinuities. Special store conditional operations
further improve performance.
3.2.2
Memory Bus (Harvard Bus Architecture)
As with many MCU type devices, multiple busses are used to move data between the memories and
peripherals and the CPU. The C28x memory bus architecture contains a program read bus, data read bus
and data write bus. The program read bus consists of 22 address lines and 32 data lines. The data read
and write busses consist of 32 address lines and 32 data lines each. The 32-bit-wide data busses enable
single cycle 32-bit operations. The multiple bus architecture, commonly termed Harvard Bus, enables the
C28x to fetch an instruction, read a data value and write a data value in a single cycle. All peripherals and
memories attached to the memory bus will prioritize memory accesses. Generally, the priority of memory
bus accesses can be summarized as follows:
Highest:
Data Writes
(Simultaneous data and program writes cannot occur on the
memory bus.)
Program Writes (Simultaneous data and program writes cannot occur on the
memory bus.)
Data Reads
Lowest:
3.2.3
Program
Reads
(Simultaneous program reads and fetches cannot occur on the
memory bus.)
Fetches
(Simultaneous program reads and fetches cannot occur on the
memory bus.)
Peripheral Bus
To enable migration of peripherals between various Texas Instruments (TI) MCU family of devices, the
C2834x devices adopt a peripheral bus standard for peripheral interconnect. The peripheral bus bridge
multiplexes the various busses that make up the processor Memory Bus into a single bus consisting of
16 address lines and 16 or 32 data lines and associated control signals. Three versions of the peripheral
bus are supported. One version supports only 16-bit accesses (called peripheral frame 2). Another version
supports both 16- and 32-bit accesses (called peripheral frame 1). The third version supports DMA access
and both 16- and 32-bit accesses (called peripheral frame 3).
40
Functional Overview
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
3.2.4
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Real-Time JTAG and Analysis
The C2834x devices implement the standard IEEE 1149.1 JTAG interface. Additionally, the devices
support real-time mode of operation whereby the contents of memory, peripheral and register locations
can be modified while the processor is running and executing code and servicing interrupts. The user can
also single step through non-time critical code while enabling time-critical interrupts to be serviced without
interference. The device implements the real-time mode in hardware within the CPU. This is a feature
unique to the C2834x device, requiring no software monitor. Additionally, special analysis hardware is
provided that allows setting of hardware breakpoint or data/address watch-points and generate various
user-selectable break events when a match occurs.
3.2.5
External Interface (XINTF)
This asynchronous interface consists of 20 address lines, 32 data lines, and three chip-select lines. The
chip-select lines are mapped to three external zones, Zones 0, 6, and 7. Each of the three zones can be
programmed with a different number of wait states, strobe signal setup and hold timing and each zone can
be programmed for extending wait states externally or not. The programmable wait-state, chip-select and
programmable strobe timing enables glueless interface to external memories and peripherals.
3.2.6
M0, M1 SARAMs
All C2834x devices contain these two blocks of single access memory, each 1K × 16 in size. The stack
pointer points to the beginning of block M1 on reset. The M0 and M1 blocks, like all other memory blocks
on C28x devices, are mapped to both program and data space. Hence, the user can use M0 and M1 to
execute code or for data variables. The partitioning is performed within the linker. The C28x device
presents a unified memory map to the programmer. This makes for easier programming in high-level
languages.
3.2.7
L0, L1, L2, L3, L4, L5, L6, L7, H0, H1, H2, H3, H4, H5 SARAMs
The 2834x has up to 256K × 16 single-access RAM (SARAM) divided up into the following categories:
L0, L1, L2, L3, L4, L5 SARAM
Blocks
Up to 48K × 16 of SARAM at all frequencies. Each block is
8K × 16.
L6, L7 SARAM Blocks
These 8K × 16 SARAM blocks are single-wait state at all
frequencies.
H0, H1, H2, H3, H4, H5 SARAM
Blocks
H0–H5 are each 32K × 16 and 1-wait state at all frequencies.
A program-access prefetch buffer is used to improve
performance of linear code.
All SARAM blocks are mapped to both program and data space. L0–L7 are accessible by both the CPU
and the DMA (1 wait state).
Functional Overview
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
41
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
3.2.8
www.ti.com
Boot ROM
The Boot ROM is factory-programmed with boot-loading software. Boot-mode signals are provided to tell
the bootloader software what boot mode to use on power up. The user can select to boot normally or to
download new software from an external connection or to select boot software that is programmed in the
internal ROM. The Boot ROM also contains standard tables, such as SIN/COS waveforms, for use in math
related algorithms.
Table 3-2. Boot Mode Selection
MODE
(1)
(2)
GPIO87/XA15
GPIO86/XA14
GPIO85/XA13
MODE (1)
GPIO84/XA12
(2)
F
1
1
1
1
Secure boot
E
1
1
1
0
SCI-A boot
D
1
1
0
1
SPI-A boot
C
1
1
0
0
I2C-A boot Timing 1
B
1
0
1
1
eCAN-A boot Timing 1
A
1
0
1
0
McBSP-A boot
9
1
0
0
1
Jump to XINTF x16
8
1
0
0
0
Reserved
7
0
1
1
1
eCAN-A boot Timing 2
6
0
1
1
0
Parallel GPIO I/O boot
5
0
1
0
1
Parallel XINTF boot
4
0
1
0
0
Jump to SARAM
3
0
0
1
1
Branch to check boot mode
2
0
0
1
0
I2C-A boot Timing 2
1
0
0
0
1
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
TI Test Only
All four GPIO pins have an internal pullup.
This mode is available on secure devices only. See Section 3.2.9, Security.
3.2.9
Security
The 128-bit password locations on these devices will always read back 0xFFFF. To preserve compatibility
with other C28x designs with code security, the password locations at 0x33FFF8–0x33FFFF must be read
after a device reset; otherwise, certain memory locations will be inaccessible. The Boot ROM code
performs this read during startup. If during debug the Boot ROM is bypassed, then it is the responsibility of
the application software to read the password locations after a reset.
Custom Encryption: Activating the Code Security Module (CSM) and Emulation Code Security
Logic (ECSL)
Custom secure versions of these devices are available which enable the CSM and ECSL logic on these
devices. In the custom version, the 128-bit password locations are set to a customer-chosen value,
activating the Code Security Module (CSM), which protects the Hx RAM memories from unauthorized
access. Additionally, a TI-generated AES decryption routine is embedded into an on-chip secure ROM,
providing a method to secure application code that is stored externally. Contact TI at [email protected] for
more details.
42
Functional Overview
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
3.2.10 Peripheral Interrupt Expansion (PIE) Block
The PIE block serves to multiplex numerous interrupt sources into a smaller set of interrupt inputs. The
PIE block can support up to 96 peripheral interrupts. On the C2834x, 64 of the possible 96 interrupts are
used by peripherals. The 96 interrupts are grouped into blocks of 8 and each group is fed into 1 of
12 CPU interrupt lines (INT1 to INT12). Each of the 96 interrupts is supported by its own vector stored in a
dedicated RAM block that can be overwritten by the user. The vector is automatically fetched by the CPU
on servicing the interrupt. It takes 8 CPU clock cycles to fetch the vector and save critical CPU registers.
Hence the CPU can quickly respond to interrupt events. Prioritization of interrupts is controlled in
hardware and software. Each individual interrupt can be enabled or disabled within the PIE block.
3.2.11 External Interrupts (XINT1–XINT7, XNMI)
The devices support eight masked external interrupts (XINT1–XINT7, XNMI). XNMI can be connected to
the INT13 or NMI interrupt of the CPU. Each of the interrupts can be selected for negative, positive, or
both negative and positive edge triggering and can also be enabled or disabled (including the XNMI).
XINT1, XINT2, and XNMI also contain a 16-bit free running up counter, which is reset to zero when a valid
interrupt edge is detected. This counter can be used to accurately time stamp the interrupt. Unlike the
281x devices, there are no dedicated pins for the external interrupts. XINT1 XINT2, and XNMI interrupts
can accept inputs from GPIO0–GPIO31 pins. XINT3–XINT7 interrupts can accept inputs from
GPIO32–GPIO63 pins.
3.2.12 Oscillator and PLL
The device can be clocked by an external oscillator or by a crystal attached to the on-chip oscillator circuit.
A PLL is provided supporting up to 31 input-clock-scaling ratios. The PLL ratios can be changed on-the-fly
in software, enabling the user to scale back on operating frequency if lower power operation is desired.
Refer to the Electrical Specification section for timing details. The PLL block can be set in bypass mode.
3.2.13 Watchdog
The devices contain a watchdog timer. The user software must regularly reset the watchdog counter
within a certain time frame; otherwise, the watchdog will generate a reset to the processor. The watchdog
can be disabled if necessary.
3.2.14 Peripheral Clocking
The clocks to each individual peripheral can be enabled or disabled so as to reduce power consumption
when a peripheral is not in use. Additionally, the system clock to the serial ports (except I2C and eCAN)
blocks can be scaled relative to the CPU clock. This enables the timing of peripherals to be decoupled
from increasing CPU clock speeds.
3.2.15 Low-Power Modes
The devices are full static CMOS devices. Three low-power modes are provided:
IDLE:
Place CPU into low-power mode. Peripheral clocks may be turned off selectively and
only those peripherals that need to function during IDLE are left operating. An
enabled interrupt from an active peripheral or the watchdog timer will wake the
processor from IDLE mode.
STANDBY: Turns off clock to CPU and peripherals. This mode leaves the oscillator and PLL
functional. An external interrupt event will wake the processor and the peripherals.
Execution begins on the next valid cycle after detection of the interrupt event
HALT:
Turns off the internal oscillator. This mode basically shuts down the device and
places it in the lowest possible power consumption mode. A reset or external signal
can wake the device from this mode.
Functional Overview
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
43
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
3.2.16 Peripheral Frames 0, 1, 2, 3 (PFn)
The device segregates peripherals into four sections. The mapping of peripherals is as follows:
PF0:
PF1:
PF2:
PF3:
PIE:
PIE Interrupt Enable and Control Registers Plus PIE Vector Table
XINTF:
External Interface Registers
DMA
DMA Registers
Timers:
CPU-Timers 0, 1, 2 Registers
eCAN:
eCAN Mailbox and Control Registers
GPIO:
GPIO MUX Configuration and Control Registers
ePWM:
Enhanced Pulse Width Modulator Module and Registers
eCAP:
Enhanced Capture Module and Registers
eQEP:
Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse Module and Registers
SYS:
System Control Registers
SCI:
Serial Communications Interface (SCI) Control and RX/TX Registers
SPI:
Serial Port Interface (SPI) Control and RX/TX Registers
ADC:
External ADC Interface
I2C:
Inter-Integrated Circuit Module and Registers
XINT
External Interrupt Registers
McBSP
Multichannel Buffered Serial Port Registers
3.2.17 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Multiplexer
Most of the peripheral signals are multiplexed with general-purpose input/output (GPIO) signals. This
enables the user to use a pin as GPIO if the peripheral signal or function is not used. On reset, GPIO pins
are configured as inputs. The user can individually program each pin for GPIO mode or peripheral signal
mode. For specific inputs, the user can also select the number of input qualification cycles. This is to filter
unwanted noise glitches. The GPIO signals can also be used to bring the device out of specific low-power
modes.
3.2.18 32-Bit CPU-Timers (0, 1, 2)
CPU-Timers 0, 1, and 2 are identical 32-bit timers with presettable periods and with 16-bit clock
prescaling. The timers have a 32-bit count down register, which generates an interrupt when the counter
reaches zero. The counter is decremented at the CPU clock speed divided by the prescale value setting.
When the counter reaches zero, it is automatically reloaded with a 32-bit period value. CPU-Timer 2 is
reserved for Real-Time OS (RTOS)/BIOS applications. It is connected to INT14 of the CPU. If DSP/BIOS
is not being used, CPU-Timer 2 is available for general use. CPU-Timer 1 is for general use and can be
connected to INT13 of the CPU. CPU-Timer 0 is also for general use and is connected to the PIE block.
44
Functional Overview
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
3.2.19 Control Peripherals
The C2834x devices support the following peripherals which are used for embedded control and
communication:
ePWM:
The enhanced PWM peripheral supports independent and complementary PWM
generation, adjustable dead-band generation for leading and trailing edges, latched
and cycle-by-cycle trip mechanism. Some of the PWM pins support HRPWM
features.
eCAP:
The enhanced capture peripheral uses a 32-bit time base and registers up to four
programmable events in continuous/one-shot capture modes.
This peripheral can also be configured to generate an auxiliary PWM signal.
eQEP:
The enhanced QEP peripheral uses a 32-bit position counter, supports low-speed
measurement using capture unit and high-speed measurement using a 32-bit unit
timer.
This peripheral has a watchdog timer to detect motor stall and input error detection
logic to identify simultaneous edge transition in QEP signals.
3.2.20 Serial Port Peripherals
The devices support the following serial communication peripherals:
eCAN:
This is the enhanced version of the CAN peripheral. It supports 32 mailboxes, time
stamping of messages, and is CAN 2.0B-compliant.
McBSP:
The multichannel buffered serial port (McBSP) connects to E1/T1 lines, phonequality codecs for modem applications or high-quality stereo audio DAC devices.
The McBSP receive and transmit registers are supported by the DMA to significantly
reduce the overhead for servicing this peripheral. Each McBSP module can be
configured as an SPI as required.
SPI:
The SPI is a high-speed, synchronous serial I/O port that allows a serial bit stream of
programmed length (one to sixteen bits) to be shifted into and out of the device at a
programmable bit-transfer rate. Normally, the SPI is used for communications
between the MCU and external peripherals or another processor. Typical
applications include external I/O or peripheral expansion through devices such as
shift registers, display drivers, and ADCs. Multi-device communications are
supported by the master/slave operation of the SPI. The SPI contains a 16-level
receive and transmit FIFO for reducing interrupt servicing overhead.
SCI:
The serial communications interface is a two-wire asynchronous serial port,
commonly known as UART. The SCI contains a 16-level receive and transmit FIFO
for reducing interrupt servicing overhead.
I2C:
The inter-integrated circuit (I2C) module provides an interface between an MCU and
other devices compliant with Philips Semiconductors Inter-IC bus (I2C-bus)
specification version 2.1 and connected by way of an I2C-bus. External components
attached to this 2-wire serial bus can transmit/receive up to 8-bit data to/from the
MCU through the I2C module. The I2C contains a 16-level receive and transmit
FIFO for reducing interrupt servicing overhead.
Functional Overview
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
45
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
3.3
www.ti.com
Register Map
The devices contain four peripheral register spaces. The spaces are categorized as follows:
Peripheral Frame 0: These are peripherals that are mapped directly to the CPU memory bus.
See Table 3-3.
Peripheral Frame 1 These are peripherals that are mapped to the 32-bit peripheral bus.
See Table 3-4.
Peripheral Frame 2: These are peripherals that are mapped to the 16-bit peripheral bus.
See Table 3-5.
Peripheral Frame 3: These are peripherals that are mapped to the 32-bit DMA-accessible
peripheral bus. See Table 3-6.
Table 3-3. Peripheral Frame 0 Registers (1)
NAME
ACCESS TYPE (2)
ADDRESS RANGE
SIZE (x16)
Device Emulation Registers
0x00 0880 – 0x00 09FF
384
EALLOW protected
Code Security Module Registers
0x00 0AE0 – 0x00 0AEF
16
EALLOW protected
XINTF Registers
0x00 0B20 – 0x00 0B3F
32
Not EALLOW protected
CPU-Timer 0, CPU-Timer 1, CPU-Timer 2
Registers
0x00 0C00 – 0x00 0C3F
64
Not EALLOW protected
PIE Registers
0x00 0CE0 – 0x00 0CFF
32
Not EALLOW protected
PIE Vector Table
0x00 0D00 – 0x00 0DFF
256
EALLOW protected
DMA Registers
0x00 1000 – 0x00 11FF
512
EALLOW protected
(1)
(2)
Registers in Frame 0 support 16-bit and 32-bit accesses.
If registers are EALLOW protected, then writes cannot be performed until the EALLOW instruction is executed. The EDIS instruction
disables writes to prevent stray code or pointers from corrupting register contents.
Table 3-4. Peripheral Frame 1 Registers
NAME
ADDRESS RANGE
SIZE (x16)
eCAN-A Registers
0x00 6000 – 0x00 61FF
512
eCAN-B Registers
0x00 6200 – 0x00 63FF
512
ePWM1 + HRPWM1 registers
0x00 6800 – 0x00 683F
64
ePWM2 + HRPWM2 registers
0x00 6840 – 0x00 687F
64
ePWM3 + HRPWM3 registers
0x00 6880 – 0x00 68BF
64
ePWM4 + HRPWM4 registers
0x00 68C0 – 0x00 68FF
64
ePWM5 + HRPWM5 registers
0x00 6900 – 0x00 693F
64
ePWM6 + HRPWM6 registers
0x00 6940 – 0x00 697F
64
ePWM7 + HRPWM7 registers
0x00 6980 – 0x00 69BF
64
ePWM8 + HRPWM8 registers
0x00 69C0 – 0x00 69FF
64
ePWM9 + HRPWM9 registers
0x00 6600 – 0x00 663F
64
eCAP1 registers
0x00 6A00 – 0x00 6A1F
32
eCAP2 registers
0x00 6A20 – 0x00 6A3F
32
eCAP3 registers
0x00 6A40 – 0x00 6A5F
32
eCAP4 registers
0x00 6A60 – 0x00 6A7F
32
eCAP5 registers
0x00 6A80 – 0x00 6A9F
32
eCAP6 registers
0x00 6AA0 – 0x00 6ABF
32
eQEP1 registers
0x00 6B00 – 0x00 6B3F
64
eQEP2 registers
0x00 6B40 – 0x00 6B7F
64
eQEP3 registers
0x00 6B80 – 0x00 6BBF
64
GPIO registers
0x00 6F80 – 0x00 6FFF
128
46
Functional Overview
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Table 3-5. Peripheral Frame 2 Registers
NAME
ADDRESS RANGE
SIZE (x16)
System Control Registers
0x00 7010 – 0x00 702F
32
SPI-A Registers
0x00 7040 – 0x00 704F
16
SCI-A Registers
0x00 7050 – 0x00 705F
16
External Interrupt Registers
0x00 7070 – 0x00 707F
16
SCI-B Registers
0x00 7750 – 0x00 775F
16
SCI-C Registers
0x00 7770 – 0x00 777F
16
SPI-D Registers
0x00 7780 – 0x00 778F
16
I2C-A Registers
0x00 7900 – 0x00 793F
64
Table 3-6. Peripheral Frame 3 Registers
NAME
ADDRESS RANGE
SIZE (x16)
McBSP-A Registers
0x00 5000 – 0x00 503F
64
McBSP-B Registers
0x00 5040 – 0x00 507F
64
3.4
Device Emulation Registers
These registers are used to control the protection mode of the C28x CPU and to monitor some critical
device signals. The registers are defined in Table 3-7.
Table 3-7. Device Emulation Registers
ADDRESS
RANGE
SIZE (x16)
DEVICECNF
0x0880
0x0881
2
Device Configuration Register
PARTID
0x0882
1
Part ID Register
NAME
DESCRIPTION
TMS320C28346
0xFFD0
TMS320C28345
0xFFD1
TMS320C28344
0xFFD2
TMS320C28343
0xFFD3
TMS320C28342
0xFFD4
TMS320C28341
0xFFD5
REVID
0x0883
1
Revision ID
Register
PROTSTART
0x0884
1
Block Protection Start Address Register
PROTRANGE
0x0885
1
Block Protection Range Address Register
0x0000 - Silicon Rev. 0 - TMS
Functional Overview
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
47
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
3.5
www.ti.com
Interrupts
Figure 3-5 shows how the various interrupt sources are multiplexed.
WAKEINT
DMA
PIE
C28
Core
96 Interrupts
XINT1
INT1
to
INT12
Clear
WDINT
Sync
LPMINT
Watchdog
Low Power Models
SYSCLKOUT
Interrupt Control
XINT1
Latch
MUX
DMA
Peripherals
(A),
(SPI, SCI, I2C, CAN, McBSP
EPWM, ECAP, EQEP)
XINT1CR(15:0)
XINT1CTR(15:0)
GPIOXINT1SEL(4:0)
XINT2
XINT2
Latch
Interrupt Control
MUX
DMA
XINT2CR(15:0)
XINT2CTR(15:0)
GPIOXINT2SEL(4:0)
DMA
TINT0
CPU Timer 0
DMA
TINT2
CPU Timer 2
NMI
CPU Timer 1
Interrupt Control
MUX
INT13
MUX
TINT1
XNMI_
XINT13
GPIO0.int
Latch
MUX
INT14
XNMICR(15:0)
1
GPIO
Mux
GPIO31.int
XNMICTR(15:0)
GPIOXNMISEL(4:0)
DMA
A.
DMA-accessible
Figure 3-5. External and PIE Interrupt Sources
48
Functional Overview
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
XINT3
Interrupt Control
Latch
Mux
DMA
XINT3CR(15:0)
GPIOXINT3SEL(4:0)
XINT4
Interrupt Control
Latch
Mux
DMA
XINT4CR(15:0)
C28
Core
PIE
XINT5
Interrupt Control
Latch
Mux
INT1
to
INT12
96 Interrupts
GPIOXINT4SEL(4:0)
DMA
XINT5CR(15:0)
GPIOXINT5SEL(4:0)
XINT6
Interrupt Control
Latch
Mux
DMA
XINT6CR(15:0)
GPIOXINT6SEL(4:0)
DMA
Interrupt Control
Latch
Mux
GPIO32.int
XINT7
XINT7CR(15:0)
GPIO63.int
GPIO
Mux
GPIOXINT7SEL(4:0)
Figure 3-6. External Interrupts
Eight PIE block interrupts are grouped into one CPU interrupt. In total, 12 CPU interrupt groups, with
8 interrupts per group equals 96 possible interrupts. On the C2834x devices, 64 of these are used by
peripherals as shown in Table 3-8.
The TRAP #VectorNumber instruction transfers program control to the interrupt service routine
corresponding to the vector specified. TRAP #0 attempts to transfer program control to the address
pointed to by the reset vector. The PIE vector table does not, however, include a reset vector. Therefore,
TRAP #0 should not be used when the PIE is enabled. Doing so will result in undefined behavior.
When the PIE is enabled, TRAP #1 through TRAP #12 will transfer program control to the interrupt service
routine corresponding to the first vector within the PIE group. For example: TRAP #1 fetches the vector
from INT1.1, TRAP #2 fetches the vector from INT2.1, and so forth.
Functional Overview
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
49
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
IFR(12:1)
INTM
IER(12:1)
INT1
INT2
1
CPU
MUX
0
INT11
INT12
(Flag)
Global
Enable
(Enable)
INTx.1
INTx.2
INTx
INTx.3
INTx.4
MUX
INTx.5
INTx.6
From
Peripherals
or
External
Interrupts
INTx.7
PIEACKx
INTx.8
(Enable)
(Flag)
PIEIERx(8:1)
PIEIFRx(8:1)
(Enable/Flag)
Figure 3-7. Multiplexing of Interrupts Using the PIE Block
Table 3-8. PIE Peripheral Interrupts (1)
PIE INTERRUPTS
CPU INTERRUPTS
(1)
50
INTx.8
INTx.7
INTx.6
INTx.5
INT1
WAKEINT
(LPM/WD)
TINT0
(TIMER 0)
INTx.4
INTx.3
INTx.2
INTx.1
Reserved
XINT2
XINT1
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
INT2
EPWM8_TZINT
(ePWM8)
EPWM7_TZINT
(ePWM7)
EPWM6_TZINT
(ePWM6)
EPWM5_TZINT
(ePWM5)
EPWM4_TZINT
(ePWM4)
EPWM3_TZINT
(ePWM3)
EPWM2_TZINT
(ePWM2)
EPWM1_TZINT
(ePWM1)
INT3
EPWM8_INT
(ePWM8)
EPWM7_INT
(ePWM7)
EPWM6_INT
(ePWM6)
EPWM5_INT
(ePWM5)
EPWM4_INT
(ePWM4)
EPWM3_INT
(ePWM3)
EPWM2_INT
(ePWM2)
EPWM1_INT
(ePWM1)
INT4
Reserved
Reserved
ECAP6_INT
(eCAP6)
ECAP5_INT
(eCAP5)
ECAP4_INT
(eCAP4)
ECAP3_INT
(eCAP3)
ECAP2_INT
(eCAP2)
ECAP1_INT
(eCAP1)
INT5
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
EQEP3_INT
(eQEP3)
EQEP2_INT
(eQEP2)
EQEP1_INT
(eQEP1)
INT6
SPITXINTD
(SPI-D)
SPIRXINTD
(SPI-D)
MXINTA
(McBSP-A)
MRINTA
(McBSP-A)
MXINTB
(McBSP-B)
MRINTB
(McBSP-B)
SPITXINTA
(SPI-A)
SPIRXINTA
(SPI-A)
INT7
Reserved
Reserved
DINTCH6
(DMA)
DINTCH5
(DMA)
DINTCH4
(DMA)
DINTCH3
(DMA)
DINTCH2
(DMA)
DINTCH1
(DMA)
INT8
Reserved
Reserved
SCITXINTC
(SCI-C)
SCIRXINTC
(SCI-C)
Reserved
Reserved
I2CINT2A
(I2C-A)
I2CINT1A
(I2C-A)
INT9
ECAN1_INTB
(CAN-B)
ECAN0_INTB
(CAN-B)
ECAN1_INTA
(CAN-A)
ECAN0_INTA
(CAN-A)
SCITXINTB
(SCI-B)
SCIRXINTB
(SCI-B)
SCITXINTA
(SCI-A)
SCIRXINTA
(SCI-A)
INT10
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
EPWM9_TZINT
(ePWM9)
INT11
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
EPWM9_INT
(ePWM9)
INT12
LUF
(FPU)
LVF
(FPU)
Reserved
XINT7
XINT6
XINT5
XINT4
XINT3
Out of the 96 possible interrupts, 64 interrupts are currently used. The remaining interrupts are reserved for future devices. These
interrupts can be used as software interrupts if they are enabled at the PIEIFRx level, provided none of the interrupts within the group is
being used by a peripheral. Otherwise, interrupts coming in from peripherals may be lost by accidentally clearing their flag while
modifying the PIEIFR. To summarize, there is one sage case when the reserved interrupts could be used as software interrupts:
1) No peripheral within the group is asserting interrupts.
Functional Overview
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Table 3-9. PIE Configuration and Control Registers
NAME
DESCRIPTION (1)
ADDRESS
SIZE (x16)
PIECTRL
0x0CE0
1
PIE, Control Register
PIEACK
0x0CE1
1
PIE, Acknowledge Register
PIEIER1
0x0CE2
1
PIE, INT1 Group Enable Register
PIEIFR1
0x0CE3
1
PIE, INT1 Group Flag Register
PIEIER2
0x0CE4
1
PIE, INT2 Group Enable Register
PIEIFR2
0x0CE5
1
PIE, INT2 Group Flag Register
PIEIER3
0x0CE6
1
PIE, INT3 Group Enable Register
PIEIFR3
0x0CE7
1
PIE, INT3 Group Flag Register
PIEIER4
0x0CE8
1
PIE, INT4 Group Enable Register
PIEIFR4
0x0CE9
1
PIE, INT4 Group Flag Register
PIEIER5
0x0CEA
1
PIE, INT5 Group Enable Register
PIEIFR5
0x0CEB
1
PIE, INT5 Group Flag Register
PIEIER6
0x0CEC
1
PIE, INT6 Group Enable Register
PIEIFR6
0x0CED
1
PIE, INT6 Group Flag Register
PIEIER7
0x0CEE
1
PIE, INT7 Group Enable Register
PIEIFR7
0x0CEF
1
PIE, INT7 Group Flag Register
PIEIER8
0x0CF0
1
PIE, INT8 Group Enable Register
PIEIFR8
0x0CF1
1
PIE, INT8 Group Flag Register
PIEIER9
0x0CF2
1
PIE, INT9 Group Enable Register
PIEIFR9
0x0CF3
1
PIE, INT9 Group Flag Register
PIEIER10
0x0CF4
1
PIE, INT10 Group Enable Register
PIEIFR10
0x0CF5
1
PIE, INT10 Group Flag Register
PIEIER11
0x0CF6
1
PIE, INT11 Group Enable Register
PIEIFR11
0x0CF7
1
PIE, INT11 Group Flag Register
PIEIER12
0x0CF8
1
PIE, INT12 Group Enable Register
PIEIFR12
0x0CF9
1
PIE, INT12 Group Flag Register
Reserved
0x0CFA – 0x0CFF
6
Reserved
(1)
The PIE configuration and control registers are not protected by EALLOW mode. The PIE vector table
is protected.
Functional Overview
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
51
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
3.5.1
www.ti.com
External Interrupts
Table 3-10. External Interrupt Registers
ADDRESS
SIZE (x16)
XINT1CR
NAME
0x00 7070
1
XINT1 configuration register
DESCRIPTION
XINT2CR
0x00 7071
1
XINT2 configuration register
XINT3CR
0x00 7072
1
XINT3 configuration register
XINT4CR
0x00 7073
1
XINT4 configuration register
XINT5CR
0x00 7074
1
XINT5 configuration register
XINT6CR
0x00 7075
1
XINT6 configuration register
XINT7CR
0x00 7076
1
XINT7 configuration register
XNMICR
0x00 7077
1
XNMI configuration register
XINT1CTR
0x00 7078
1
XINT1 counter register
XINT2CTR
0x00 7079
1
XINT2 counter register
Reserved
0x707A – 0x707E
5
XNMICTR
0x00 707F
1
XNMI counter register
Each external interrupt can be enabled or disabled or qualified using positive, negative, or both positive
and negative edge. For more information, see the TMS320x2834x Delfino System Control and Interrupts
Reference Guide (literature number SPRUFN1).
52
Functional Overview
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
3.6
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
System Control
This section describes the oscillator, PLL and clocking mechanisms, the watchdog function and the low
power modes. shows the various clock and reset domains that will be discussed.
C28x Core
SYSCLKOUT
System
control
register
Clock enables
LSPCLK
LOSPCP
I/O
Bridge
/4
I/O
Peripheral
registers
eCAN-A/B
Memory bus
Clock enables
Peripheral bus
Peripheral
registers
SPI-A/D, SCI-A/B/C
Clock enables
GPIO
Mux
Bridge
I/O
ePWM1/../9, HRPWM1/../9,
eCAP1/../6, eQEP1/../3
Peripheral
registers
Clock enables
LSPCLK
I/O
McBSP-A/B
LOSPCP
Peripheral
registers
Bridge
Clock enable
CPU timer 0/1/2
EXTADCCLK
Clock enable
CPU timer
registers
HISPCP
EXTSOC
Bridge
I2C-A
Peripheral
registers
DMA
bus
ADC SOC
DMA
Clock Enables
Figure 3-8. Clock and Reset Domains
NOTE
There is a 2-SYSCLKOUT cycle delay from when the write to the PCLKCR0, PCLKCR1, and
PCLKCR2 registers (enables peripheral clocks) occurs to when the action is valid. This delay
must be taken into account before attempting to access the peripheral configuration
registers.
Functional Overview
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
53
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
The PLL, clocking, watchdog and low-power modes, are controlled by the registers listed in Table 3-11.
Table 3-11. PLL, Clocking, Watchdog, and Low-Power Mode Registers
NAME
ADDRESS
SIZE (x16)
PLLSTS
0x00 7011
1
PLL Status Register
Reserved
0x00 7012 – 0x00 7018
7
Reserved
PCLKCR2
0x00 7019
1
Peripheral Clock Control Register 2
HISPCP
0x00 701A
1
High-Speed Peripheral Clock Pre-Scaler Register
LOSPCP
0x00 701B
1
Low-Speed Peripheral Clock Pre-Scaler Register
PCLKCR0
0x00 701C
1
Peripheral Clock Control Register 0
PCLKCR1
0x00 701D
1
Peripheral Clock Control Register 1
LPMCR0
0x00 701E
1
Low Power Mode Control Register 0
Reserved
0x00 701F
1
Reserved
PCLKCR3
0x00 7020
1
Peripheral Clock Control Register 3
PLLCR
0x00 7021
1
PLL Control Register
SCSR
0x00 7022
1
System Control and Status Register
WDCNTR
0x00 7023
1
Watchdog Counter Register
Reserved
0x00 7024
1
Reserved
WDKEY
Reserved
0x00 7025
1
Watchdog Reset Key Register
0x00 7026 – 0x00 7028
3
Reserved
0x00 7029
1
Watchdog Control Register
WDCR
Reserved
DESCRIPTION
0x00 702A – 0x00 702C
3
Reserved
EXTSOCCFG
0x00 702D
1
External ADC SOC Configuration Register
Reserved
0x00 702E
1
Reserved
3.6.1
OSC and PLL Block
Figure 3-9 shows the OSC and PLL block.
XCLKIN
(3.3-V clock input
from external
oscillator)
OSCCLK
OSCCLK
0
PLLSTS[OSCOFF]
PLL
OSCCLK or
VCOCLK
VCOCLK
n
/1
/2
/4
/8
CLKIN
To
CPU
n≠ 0
PLLSTS[PLLOFF]
External
Crystal or
Resonator
X1
On-chip
oscillator
PLLSTS[DIVSEL]
5-bit multiplier PLLCR[DIV]
X2
Figure 3-9. OSC and PLL Block Diagram
The on-chip oscillator circuit enables a crystal/resonator to be attached to the C2834x devices using the
X1 and X2 pins. If the on-chip oscillator is not used, an external oscillator can be used in either one of the
following configurations:
1. A 3.3-V external oscillator can be directly connected to the XCLKIN pin. The X2 pin should be left
unconnected and the X1 pin tied to VSSK. The logic-high level in this case should not exceed VDDIO.
2. A 1.8-V external oscillator can be directly connected to the X1 pin. The X2 pin should be left
unconnected and the XCLKIN pin tied to VSS. The logic-high level in this case should not exceed
VDD18.
54
Functional Overview
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
The three possible input-clock configurations are shown in Figure 3-10 through Figure 3-12.
XCLKIN
VSSK
X1
X2
NC
External Clock Signal
(Toggling 0 -VDDIO)
Figure 3-10. Using a 3.3-V External Oscillator
XCLKIN
X1
X2
External Clock Signal
(Toggling 0-VDD)
NC
Figure 3-11. Using a 1.8-V External Oscillator
XCLKIN
X1
X2
VSSK
VDD18
Crystal
1.8 V
C1
C2
Figure 3-12. Using the Internal Oscillator
Functional Overview
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
55
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
3.6.1.1
www.ti.com
External Reference Oscillator Clock Option
The on-chip oscillator requires an external crystal to be connected across the X1 and X2 pins.
The connection of the required circuit, consisting of the crystal and two load capacitors, is shown in
Figure 3-12. The load capacitors, C1 and C2, must be chosen such that the equation below is satisfied
(typical values are on the order of C1 = C2 = 10 pF). CL in the equation is the load specified for the
crystal. All discrete components used to implement the oscillator circuit must be placed as close as
possible to the associated oscillator pins (X1, X2, and VSSK).
NOTE
The external crystal load capacitors must be connected only to the oscillator ground pin
(VSSK). Do not connect to board ground (VSS).
CL +
C 1C 2
(C1 ) C2)
Where: CL equals the crystal load capacitance.
TI recommends that customers have the crystal vendor characterize the operation of their device with the
MCU chip. The crystal vendor has the equipment and expertise to tune the crystal circuit. The vendor can
also advise the customer regarding the proper component values that will produce proper start up and
stability over the entire operating range.
56
Functional Overview
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
3.6.1.2
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
PLL-Based Clock Module
The devices have an on-chip, PLL-based clock module. This module provides all the necessary clocking
signals for the device, as well as control for low-power mode entry. The PLL has a 5-bit ratio control
PLLCR[DIV] to select different CPU clock rates. The watchdog module should be disabled before writing
to the PLLCR register. It can be re-enabled (if need be) after the PLL module has stabilized. The input
clock and PLLCR[DIV] bits should be chosen in such a way that the output frequency of the PLL
(VCOCLK) falls between 400 MHz and 600 MHz. The PLLSTS[DIVSEL] bit should be selected such that
SYSCLKOUT(CLKIN) does not exceed the maximum operating frequency allowed for the device
(300 MHz or 200 MHz). For example, suppose it is desired to operate a 300-MHz device at 100 MHz
using a 20-MHz OSCCLK input (that is, for power savings). The PLL should be configured for
OSCCLK * 20, which produces VCOCLK = 400 MHz. PLLSTS[DIVSEL] should then be configured for /4
mode, resulting in the desired 100-MHz CLKIN to the CPU. The PLL should not be configured for
OSCCLK * 10 with PLLSTS[DIVSEL] set for /2 mode. This combination would produce
VCOCLK = 200 MHz, which does not fall within the required 400 MHz to 600 MHz range.
Table 3-12. PLL Settings (1)
SYSCLKOUT (CLKIN)
PLLCR[DIV]
VALUE (2) (3)
PLLSTS[DIVSEL] = 0
00000 (PLL bypass)
OSCCLK/8 (Default)
OSCCLK/4
OSCCLK/2
OSCCLK
00001
(OSCCLK * 2)/8
(OSCCLK * 2)/4
(OSCCLK * 2)/2
–
00010
(OSCCLK * 3)/8
(OSCCLK * 3)/4
(OSCCLK * 3)/2
–
00011
(OSCCLK * 4)/8
(OSCCLK * 4)/4
(OSCCLK * 4)/2
–
00100
(OSCCLK * 5)/8
(OSCCLK * 5)/4
(OSCCLK * 5)/2
–
00101
(OSCCLK * 6)/8
(OSCCLK * 6)/4
(OSCCLK * 6)/2
–
00110
(OSCCLK * 7)/8
(OSCCLK * 7)/4
(OSCCLK * 7)/2
–
00111
(OSCCLK * 8)/8
(OSCCLK * 8)/4
(OSCCLK * 8)/2
–
01000
(OSCCLK * 9)/8
(OSCCLK * 9)/4
(OSCCLK * 9)/2
–
01001
(OSCCLK * 10)/8
(OSCCLK * 10)/4
(OSCCLK * 10)/2
–
01010
(OSCCLK * 11)/8
(OSCCLK * 11)/4
(OSCCLK * 11)/2
–
01011 – 11111
(OSCCLK * 12)/8 –
(OSCCLK * 32)/8
(OSCCLK * 12)/4 –
(OSCCLK * 32)/4
(OSCCLK * 12)/2 –
(OSCCLK * 32)/2
–
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
PLLSTS[DIVSEL] = 1
PLLSTS[DIVSEL] = 2
PLLSTS[DIVSEL] = 3
(4)
PLLSTS[DIVSEL] must be 0 before writing to the PLLCR and must be set only to 1 or 2 after PLLSTS[PLLLOCKS] = 1. At reset,
PLLSTS[DIVSEL] is configured for /8. The boot ROM changes this to /2 or /1, depending on the boot option.
The PLL control register (PLLCR) and PLL Status Register (PLLSTS) are reset to their default state by the XRS signal or a watchdog
reset only. A reset issued by the debugger or the missing clock detect logic have no effect.
This register is EALLOW protected. See the TMS320x2834x Delfino System Control and Interrupts Reference Guide (literature number
SPRUFN1) for more information.
PLLSTS[DIVSEL] = 3 should be used only when the PLL is bypassed or off.
Table 3-13. CLKIN Divide Options
PLLSTS [DIVSEL]
CLKIN DIVIDE
0
/8
1
/4
2
/2
3
/1
The PLL-based clock module provides two modes of operation:
• Crystal-operation - This mode allows the use of an external crystal/resonator to provide the time base
to the device.
• External clock source operation - This mode allows the internal oscillator to be bypassed. The device
clocks are generated from an external clock source input on the X1 or the XCLKIN pin.
Functional Overview
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
57
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Table 3-14. Possible PLL Configuration Modes
REMARKS
PLLSTS[DIVSEL] (1)
CLKIN AND
SYSCLKOUT
PLL Off
Invoked by the user setting the PLLOFF bit in the PLLSTS register. The PLL block
is disabled in this mode. This can be useful to reduce system noise and for low
power operation. The PLLCR register must first be set to 0x0000 (PLL Bypass)
before entering this mode. The CPU clock (CLKIN) is derived directly from the
input clock on either X1/X2, X1 or XCLKIN.
0
1
2
3
OSCCLK/8
OSCCLK/4
OSCCLK/2
OSCCLK/1
PLL Bypass
PLL Bypass is the default PLL configuration upon power-up or after an external
reset (XRS). This mode is selected when the PLLCR register is set to 0x0000 or
while the PLL locks to a new frequency after the PLLCR register has been
modified. In this mode, the PLL itself is bypassed but the PLL is not turned off.
0
1
2
3
OSCCLK/8
OSCCLK/4
OSCCLK/2
OSCCLK/1
PLL Enable
Achieved by writing a non-zero value n into the PLLCR register. Upon writing to the
PLLCR the device will switch to PLL Bypass mode until the PLL locks.
0
1
2
3
OSCCLK*n/8
OSCCLK*n/4
OSCCLK*n/2
– (2)
PLL MODE
(1)
(2)
PLLSTS[DIVSEL] must be 0 before writing to the PLLCR and must be set to 1 or 2 only after PLLSTS[PLLLOCKS] = 1. See the
TMS320x2834x Delfino System Control and Interrupts Reference Guide (literature number SPRUFN1) for more information.
PLLSTS[DIVSEL] should not be set to /1 mode while the PLL is enabled and not bypassed.
3.6.1.3
Loss of Input Clock
Applications in which the correct CPU operating frequency is absolutely critical should implement a
mechanism by which the MCU will be held in reset, should the input clocks ever fail. For example, an R-C
circuit may be used to trigger the XRS pin of the MCU, should the capacitor ever get fully charged. An I/O
pin may be used to discharge the capacitor on a periodic basis to prevent it from getting fully charged.
58
Functional Overview
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
3.6.2
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Watchdog Block
The watchdog block on the C2834x device is similar to the one used on the 240x and 281x devices. The
watchdog module generates an output pulse, 512 oscillator clocks wide (OSCCLK), whenever the 8-bit
watchdog up counter has reached its maximum value. To prevent this, the user disables the counter or the
software must periodically write a 0x55 + 0xAA sequence into the watchdog key register which will reset
the watchdog counter. Figure 3-13 shows the various functional blocks within the watchdog module.
WDCR (WDPS[2:0])
WDCR (WDDIS)
WDCNTR[7:0]
OSCCLK
Watchdog
Prescaler
/512
WDCLK
8-Bit
Watchdog
Counter
CLR
Clear Counter
Internal
Pullup
WDKEY[7:0]
Watchdog
55 + AA
Key Detector
Generate
Output Pulse
(512 OSCCLKs)
Good Key
WDRST
WDINT
XRS
Core-reset
Bad
WDCHK
Key
SCSR (WDENINT)
WDCR (WDCHK[2:0])
(A)
WDRST
A.
1
0
1
The WDRST signal is driven low for 512 OSCCLK cycles.
Figure 3-13. Watchdog Module
The WDINT signal enables the watchdog to be used as a wakeup from IDLE/STANDBY mode.
In STANDBY mode, all peripherals are turned off on the device. The only peripheral that remains
functional is the watchdog. The WATCHDOG module will run off OSCCLK. The WDINT signal is fed to the
LPM block so that it can wake the device from STANDBY (if enabled). See Section 3.7, Low-Power
Modes Block, for more details.
In IDLE mode, the WDINT signal can generate an interrupt to the CPU, via the PIE, to take the CPU out of
IDLE mode.
In HALT mode, this feature cannot be used because the oscillator (and PLL) are turned off and hence so
is the WATCHDOG.
Functional Overview
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
59
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
3.7
www.ti.com
Low-Power Modes Block
The low-power modes on the C2834x devices are similar to the 240x devices. Table 3-15 summarizes the
various modes.
Table 3-15. Low-Power Modes
EXIT (1)
MODE
LPMCR0(1:0)
OSCCLK
CLKIN
SYSCLKOUT
IDLE
00
On
On
On (2)
XRS, Watchdog interrupt, any enabled
interrupt, XNMI
STANDBY
01
On
(watchdog still running)
Off
Off
XRS, Watchdog interrupt, GPIO Port A
signal, debugger (3), XNMI
HALT
1X
Off
(oscillator and PLL turned off,
watchdog not functional)
Off
Off
XRS, GPIO Port A signal, XNMI,
debugger (3)
(1)
(2)
(3)
The Exit column lists which signals or under what conditions the low power mode will be exited. A low signal, on any of the signals, will
exit the low power condition. This signal must be kept low long enough for an interrupt to be recognized by the device. Otherwise, the
low-power mode will not be exited and the device will go back into the indicated low power mode.
The IDLE mode on the C28x behaves differently than on the 24x/240x. On the C28x, the clock output from the CPU (SYSCLKOUT) is
still functional while on the 24x/240x the clock is turned off.
On the C28x, the JTAG port can still function even if the CPU clock (CLKIN) is turned off.
The various low-power modes operate as follows:
IDLE Mode:
This mode is exited by any enabled interrupt or an XNMI that is recognized
by the processor. The LPM block performs no tasks during this mode as
long as the LPMCR0(LPM) bits are set to 0,0.
STANDBY Mode:
Any GPIO port A signal (GPIO[31:0]) can wake the device from STANDBY
mode. The user must select which signal(s) will wake the device in the
GPIOLPMSEL register. The selected signal(s) are also qualified by the
OSCCLK before waking the device. The number of OSCCLKs is specified in
the LPMCR0 register.
HALT Mode:
Only the XRS and any GPIO port A signal (GPIO[31:0]) can wake the
device from HALT mode. The user selects the signal in the GPIOLPMSEL
register.
NOTE
The low-power modes do not affect the state of the output pins (PWM pins included). They
will be in whatever state the code left them in when the IDLE instruction was executed. See
the TMS320x2834x Delfino System Control and Interrupts Reference Guide (literature
number SPRUFN1) for more details.
60
Functional Overview
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
4
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Peripherals
The integrated peripherals are described in the following subsections:
• 6-channel Direct Memory Access (DMA)
• Three 32-bit CPU-Timers
• Up to nine enhanced PWM modules (ePWM1, ePWM2, ePWM3, ePWM4, ePWM5, ePWM6, ePWM7,
ePWM8, ePWM9)
• Up to six enhanced capture modules (eCAP1, eCAP2, eCAP3, eCAP4, eCAP5, eCAP6)
• Up to three enhanced QEP modules (eQEP1, eQEP2, eQEP3)
• External analog-to-digital converter (ADC) Interface
• Up to two enhanced controller area network (eCAN) modules (eCAN-A, eCAN-B)
• Up to three serial communications interface modules (SCI-A, SCI-B, SCI-C)
• Up to two serial peripheral interface (SPI) modules (SPI-A, SPI-D)
• Inter-integrated circuit module (I2C)
• Up to two multichannel buffered serial port (McBSP-A, McBSP-B) modules
• Digital I/O and shared pin functions
• External Interface (XINTF)
4.1
DMA Overview
Features:
• 6 Channels with independent PIE interrupts
• Trigger Sources:
– McBSP-A and McBSP-B transmit and receive logic
– XINT1–7 and XINT13
– CPU Timers
– Software
• Data Sources/Destinations:
– L0–L7 64K × 16 SARAM
– All XINTF zones
– McBSP-A and McBSP-B transmit and receive buffers
• Word Size: 16-bit or 32-bit (McBSPs limited to 16-bit)
• Throughput: 4 cycles/word (5 cycles/word for McBSP reads)
Peripherals
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
61
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
L0
I/F
L0 RAM
L1
I/F
L1 RAM
L2
I/F
L2 RAM
L3
I/F
L3 RAM
L4
I/F
L4 RAM
L5
I/F
L5 RAM
L6
I/F
L6 RAM
L7
I/F
L7 RAM
INT7
External
interrupts
CPU
timers
PIE
DINT[CH1:CH6]
XINTF zones interface
XINTF memory zones
CPU bus
McBSP A
Event
triggers
PF3
I/F
CPU
DMA
6-ch
McBSP B
DMA bus
Figure 4-1. DMA Functional Block Diagram
62
Peripherals
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
4.2
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
32-Bit CPU-Timer 0, CPU-Timer 1, CPU-Timer 2
There are three 32-bit CPU-timers on the devices (CPU-Timer 0, CPU-Timer 1, CPU-Timer 2).
Timer 2 is reserved for DSP/BIOS™. CPU-Timer 0 and CPU-Timer 1 can be used in user applications.
These timers are different from the timers that are present in the ePWM modules.
NOTE
NOTE: If the application is not using DSP/BIOS, then CPU-Timer 2 can be used in the
application.
Reset
Timer Reload
16-Bit Timer Divide-Down
TDDRH:TDDR
32-Bit Timer Period
PRDH:PRD
16-Bit Prescale Counter
PSCH:PSC
SYSCLKOUT
TCR.4
(Timer Start Status)
32-Bit Counter
TIMH:TIM
Borrow
Borrow
TINT
Figure 4-2. CPU-Timers
The timer interrupt signals (TINT0, TINT1, TINT2) are connected as shown in Figure 4-3.
INT1
to
INT12
PIE
TINT0
CPU-TIMER 0
28x
CPU
TINT1
CPU-TIMER 1
INT13
XINT13
INT14
A.
B.
TINT2
CPU-TIMER 2
(Reserved for DSP/BIOS)
The timer registers are connected to the memory bus of the C28x processor.
The timing of the timers is synchronized to SYSCLKOUT of the processor clock.
Figure 4-3. CPU-Timer Interrupt Signals and Output Signal
Peripherals
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
63
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
The general operation of the timer is as follows: The 32-bit counter register "TIMH:TIM" is loaded with the
value in the period register "PRDH:PRD". The counter register decrements at the SYSCLKOUT rate of the
C28x. When the counter reaches 0, a timer interrupt output signal generates an interrupt pulse. The
registers listed in Table 4-1 are used to configure the timers. For more information, see the
TMS320x2834x Delfino System Control and Interrupts Reference Guide (literature number SPRUFN1).
Table 4-1. CPU-Timers 0, 1, 2 Configuration and Control Registers
NAME
ADDRESS
SIZE (x16)
TIMER0TIM
0x0C00
1
CPU-Timer 0, Counter Register
TIMER0TIMH
0x0C01
1
CPU-Timer 0, Counter Register High
TIMER0PRD
0x0C02
1
CPU-Timer 0, Period Register
TIMER0PRDH
0x0C03
1
CPU-Timer 0, Period Register High
TIMER0TCR
0x0C04
1
CPU-Timer 0, Control Register
Reserved
0x0C05
1
TIMER0TPR
0x0C06
1
CPU-Timer 0, Prescale Register
TIMER0TPRH
0x0C07
1
CPU-Timer 0, Prescale Register High
TIMER1TIM
0x0C08
1
CPU-Timer 1, Counter Register
TIMER1TIMH
0x0C09
1
CPU-Timer 1, Counter Register High
TIMER1PRD
0x0C0A
1
CPU-Timer 1, Period Register
TIMER1PRDH
0x0C0B
1
CPU-Timer 1, Period Register High
TIMER1TCR
0x0C0C
1
CPU-Timer 1, Control Register
Reserved
0x0C0D
1
TIMER1TPR
0x0C0E
1
CPU-Timer 1, Prescale Register
TIMER1TPRH
0x0C0F
1
CPU-Timer 1, Prescale Register High
TIMER2TIM
0x0C10
1
CPU-Timer 2, Counter Register
TIMER2TIMH
0x0C11
1
CPU-Timer 2, Counter Register High
TIMER2PRD
0x0C12
1
CPU-Timer 2, Period Register
TIMER2PRDH
0x0C13
1
CPU-Timer 2, Period Register High
TIMER2TCR
0x0C14
1
CPU-Timer 2, Control Register
Reserved
0x0C15
1
TIMER2TPR
0x0C16
1
CPU-Timer 2, Prescale Register
TIMER2TPRH
0x0C17
1
CPU-Timer 2, Prescale Register High
0x0C18 – 0x0C3F
40
Reserved
64
Peripherals
DESCRIPTION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
4.3
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Enhanced PWM Modules
The devices contain up to nine enhanced PWM (ePWM) modules (ePWM1, ePWM2, ePWM3, ePWM4,
ePWM5, ePWM6, ePWM7, ePWM8, ePWM9). Figure 4-4 shows a block diagram of multiple ePWM
modules. Figure 4-5 shows the signal interconnections with the ePWM.
Table 4-2 and Table 4-3 show the complete ePWM register set per module.
EXTSOC1A
POLSEL
0
EXTSOC1A
ePWM1SOCA
ePWM1
ePWM1SOCB
1
EXTSOC1B
POLSEL
ePWM2SOCA
ePWM3
ePWM2SOCB
0
ePWM3SOCA
1
ePWM3SOCB
EXTSOC2A
POLSEL
ePWM4SOCA
ePWM4
0
ePWM4SOCB
ePWM5SOCA
ePWM5
ePWM5SOCB
ePWM6SOCA
ePWM6
1
EXTSOC2B
POLSEL
0
ePWM6SOCB
1
ePWM7SOCA
ePWM7
ePWM7SOCB
ePWM8SOCA
ePWM8
ePWM8SOCB
EXTSOC3A
POLSEL
EXTSOC1B
Pulse Stretcher,
32 HSPCLK Cycles Wide and Then to Chip Pins
ePWM2
ePWM9SOCB
EXTSOC2B
0
EXTSOC3A
ePWM9SOCA
ePWM9
EXTSOC2A
1
EXTSOC3B
POLSEL
0
EXTSOC3B
1
Figure 4-4. Generation of SOC Pulses to the External ADC Module
Peripherals
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
65
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Table 4-2. ePWM1-4 Control and Status Registers
ePWM1
ePWM2
ePWM3
ePWM4
SIZE (x16) /
#SHADOW
TBCTL
0x6800
0x6840
0x6880
0x68C0
1/0
Time Base Control Register
TBSTS
0x6801
0x6841
0x6881
0x68C1
1/0
Time Base Status Register
TBPHSHR
0x6802
0x6842
0x6882
0x68C2
1/0
Time Base Phase HRPWM Register
TBPHS
0x6803
0x6843
0x6883
0x68C3
1/0
Time Base Phase Register
TBCTR
0x6804
0x6844
0x6884
0x68C4
1/0
Time Base Counter Register
TBPRD
0x6805
0x6845
0x6885
0x68C5
1/1
Time Base Period Register Set
CMPCTL
0x6807
0x6847
0x6887
0x68C7
1/0
Counter Compare Control Register
CMPAHR
0x6808
0x6848
0x6888
0x68C8
1/1
Time Base Compare A HRPWM Register
NAME
DESCRIPTION
CMPA
0x6809
0x6849
0x6889
0x68C9
1/1
Counter Compare A Register Set
CMPB
0x680A
0x684A
0x688A
0x68CA
1/1
Counter Compare B Register Set
AQCTLA
0x680B
0x684B
0x688B
0x68CB
1/0
Action Qualifier Control Register For Output A
AQCTLB
0x680C
0x684C
0x688C
0x68CC
1/0
Action Qualifier Control Register For Output B
AQSFRC
0x680D
0x684D
0x688D
0x68CD
1/0
Action Qualifier Software Force Register
AQCSFRC
0x680E
0x684E
0x688E
0x68CE
1/1
Action Qualifier Continuous S/W Force Register Set
DBCTL
0x680F
0x684F
0x688F
0x68CF
1/1
Dead-Band Generator Control Register
DBRED
0x6810
0x6850
0x6890
0x68D0
1/0
Dead-Band Generator Rising Edge Delay Count Register
DBFED
0x6811
0x6851
0x6891
0x68D1
1/0
Dead-Band Generator Falling Edge Delay Count Register
TZSEL
0x6812
0x6852
0x6892
0x68D2
1/0
Trip Zone Select Register
TZCTL
0x6814
0x6854
0x6894
0x68D4
1/0
Trip Zone Control Register
TZEINT
0x6815
0x6855
0x6895
0x68D5
1/0
Trip Zone Enable Interrupt Register
TZFLG
0x6816
0x6856
0x6896
0x68D6
1/0
Trip Zone Flag Register
TZCLR
0x6817
0x6857
0x6897
0x68D7
1/0
Trip Zone Clear Register
TZFRC
0x6818
0x6858
0x6898
0x68D8
1/0
Trip Zone Force Register
ETSEL
0x6819
0x6859
0x6899
0x68D9
1/0
Event Trigger Selection Register
ETPS
0x681A
0x685A
0x689A
0x68DA
1/0
Event Trigger Prescale Register
ETFLG
0x681B
0x685B
0x689B
0x68DB
1/0
Event Trigger Flag Register
ETCLR
0x681C
0x685C
0x689C
0x68DC
1/0
Event Trigger Clear Register
ETFRC
0x681D
0x685D
0x689D
0x68DD
1/0
Event Trigger Force Register
PCCTL
0x681E
0x685E
0x689E
0x68DE
1/0
PWM Chopper Control Register
HRCNFG
0x6820
0x6860
0x68A0
0x68E0
1/0
HRPWM Configuration Register (1)
(1)
66
Registers that are EALLOW protected.
Peripherals
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Table 4-3. ePWM5-9 Control and Status Registers
ePWM5
ePWM6
ePWM7
ePWM8
ePWM9
SIZE (x16) /
#SHADOW
TBCTL
0x6900
0x6940
0x6980
0x69C0
0x6600
1/0
Time Base Control Register
TBSTS
0x6901
0x6941
0x6981
0x69C1
0x6601
1/0
Time Base Status Register
TBPHSHR
0x6902
0x6942
0x6982
0x69C2
0x6602
1/0
Time Base Phase HRPWM Register
TBPHS
0x6903
0x6943
0x6983
0x69C3
0x6603
1/0
Time Base Phase Register
TBCTR
0x6904
0x6944
0x6984
0x69C4
0x6604
1/0
Time Base Counter Register
TBPRD
0x6905
0x6945
0x6985
0x69C5
0x6605
1/1
Time Base Period Register Set
CMPCTL
0x6907
0x6947
0x6987
0x69C7
0x6607
1/0
Counter Compare Control Register
CMPAHR
0x6908
0x6948
0x6988
0x69C8
0x6608
1/1
Time Base Compare A HRPWM Register
NAME
DESCRIPTION
CMPA
0x6909
0x6949
0x6989
0x69C9
0x6609
1/1
Counter Compare A Register Set
CMPB
0x690A
0x694A
0x698A
0x69CA
0x660A
1/1
Counter Compare B Register Set
AQCTLA
0x690B
0x694B
0x698B
0x69CB
0x660B
1/0
Action Qualifier Control Register For Output A
AQCTLB
0x690C
0x694C
0x698C
0x69CC
0x660C
1/0
Action Qualifier Control Register For Output B
AQSFRC
0x690D
0x694D
0x698D
0x69CD
0x660D
1/0
Action Qualifier Software Force Register
AQCSFRC
0x690E
0x694E
0x698E
0x69CE
0x660E
1/1
Action Qualifier Continuous S/W Force Register Set
DBCTL
0x690F
0x694F
0x698F
0x69CF
0x660F
1/1
Dead-Band Generator Control Register
DBRED
0x6910
0x6950
0x6990
0x69D0
0x6610
1/0
Dead-Band Generator Rising Edge Delay Count Register
DBFED
0x6911
0x6951
0x6991
0x69D1
0x6611
1/0
Dead-Band Generator Falling Edge Delay Count Register
TZSEL
0x6912
0x6952
0x6992
0x69D2
0x6612
1/0
Trip Zone Select Register
TZCTL
0x6914
0x6954
0x6994
0x69D4
0x6614
1/0
Trip Zone Control Register
TZEINT
0x6915
0x6955
0x6995
0x69D5
0x6615
1/0
Trip Zone Enable Interrupt Register
TZFLG
0x6916
0x6956
0x6996
0x69D6
0x6616
1/0
Trip Zone Flag Register
TZCLR
0x6917
0x6957
0x6997
0x69D7
0x6617
1/0
Trip Zone Clear Register
TZFRC
0x6918
0x6958
0x6998
0x69D8
0x6618
1/0
Trip Zone Force Register
ETSEL
0x6919
0x6959
0x6999
0x69D9
0x6619
1/0
Event Trigger Selection Register
ETPS
0x691A
0x695A
0x699A
0x69DA
0x661A
1/0
Event Trigger Prescale Register
ETFLG
0x691B
0x695B
0x699B
0x69DB
0x661B
1/0
Event Trigger Flag Register
ETCLR
0x691C
0x695C
0x699C
0x69DC
0x661C
1/0
Event Trigger Clear Register
ETFRC
0x691D
0x695D
0x699D
0x69DD
0x661D
1/0
Event Trigger Force Register
PCCTL
0x691E
0x695E
0x699E
0x69DE
0x661E
1/0
PWM Chopper Control Register
HRCNFG
0x6920
0x6960
0x69A0
0x69E0
0x6620
1/0
HRPWM Configuration Register (1)
(1)
Registers that are EALLOW protected.
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Peripherals
67
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Time−base (TB)
Sync
in/out
select
Mux
CTR=ZERO
CTR=CMPB
Disabled
TBPRD shadow (16)
TBPRD active (16)
CTR=PRD
EPWMxSYNCO
TBCTL[SYNCOSEL]
TBCTL[PHSEN]
EPWMxSYNCI
Counter
up/down
(16 bit)
CTR=ZERO
CTR_Dir
TBCTR
active (16)
TBPHSHR (8)
16
8
TBPHS active (24)
Phase
control
Counter compare (CC)
CTR=CMPA
CMPAHR (8)
16
TBCTL[SWFSYNC]
(software forced sync)
Action
qualifier
(AQ)
CTR = PRD
CTR = ZERO
CTR = CMPA
CTR = CMPB
CTR_Dir
8
Event
trigger
and
interrupt
(ET)
EPWMxINT
EPWMxSOCA
EPWMxSOCB
HiRes PWM (HRPWM)
CMPA active (24)
EPWMA
EPWMxAO
CMPA shadow (24)
CTR=CMPB
Dead
band
(DB)
16
PWM
chopper
(PC)
EPWMB
EPWMxBO
CMPB active (16)
CMPB shadow (16)
Trip
zone
(TZ)
EPWMxTZINT
CTR = ZERO
TZ1 to TZ6
Figure 4-5. ePWM Submodules Showing Critical Internal Signal Interconnections
68
Peripherals
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
4.4
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
High-Resolution PWM (HRPWM)
The HRPWM module offers PWM resolution (time granularity) which is significantly better than what can
be achieved using conventionally derived digital PWM methods. The key points for the HRPWM module
are:
• Significantly extends the time resolution capabilities of conventionally derived digital PWM
• Typically used when effective PWM resolution falls below ~ 9–10 bits. This occurs at PWM frequencies
greater than ~500 kHz when using a CPU/System clock of 300 MHz or ~375 kHz when using a
CPU/system clock of 200 MHz.
• This capability can be utilized in both duty cycle and phase-shift control methods.
• Finer time granularity control or edge positioning is controlled via extensions to the Compare A and
Phase registers of the ePWM module.
• HRPWM capabilities are offered only on the A signal path of an ePWM module (that is, on the
EPWMxA output). EPWMxB output has conventional PWM capabilities.
Peripherals
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
69
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
4.5
www.ti.com
Enhanced CAP Modules
The device contains up to six enhanced capture (eCAP) modules (eCAP1, eCAP2, eCAP3, eCAP4,
eCAP5, and eCAP6). Figure 4-6 shows a functional block diagram of a module.
SYNC
CTRPHS
(Phase Register - 32-bit)
SYNCIn
SYNCOut
TSCTR
(Counter - 32-bit)
APWM Mode
CTR_OVF
OVF
RST
Delta Mode
CTR [0-31]
PWM
Compare
Logic
PRD [0-31]
CMP [0-31]
32
CTR=PRD
CTR [0-31]
CTR=CMP
32
CAP1
(APRD Active)
APRD
Shadow
32
32
32
LD1
Polarity
Select
CMP [0-31]
CAP2
(ACMP Active)
32
LD
MODE SELECT
32
PRD [0-31]
LD
32
CAP3
(APRD Shadow)
LD
32
CAP4
(ACMP Shadow)
LD
Polarity
Select
LD2
Event
Qualifier
ACMP
Shadow
eCAPx
Event
Prescale
LD3
Polarity
Select
LD4
Polarity
Select
4
Capture Events
4
CEVT[1:4]
to PIE
Interrupt
Trigger
and
Flag
Control
CTR_OVF
Continuous/
One-Shot
Capture Control
CTR=PRD
CTR=CMP
Figure 4-6. eCAP Functional Block Diagram
70
Peripherals
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
The eCAP modules are clocked at the SYSCLKOUT rate.
The clock enable bits (ECAP1ENCLK, ECAP2ENCLK, ECAP3ENCLK, ECAP4ENCLK, ECAP5ENCLK,
ECAP6ENCLK) in the PCLKCR1 register are used to turn off the eCAP modules individually (for low
power operation). Upon reset, ECAP1ENCLK, ECAP2ENCLK, ECAP3ENCLK, ECAP4ENCLK,
ECAP5ENCLK, and ECAP6ENCLK are set to low, indicating that the peripheral clock is off.
Table 4-4. eCAP Control and Status Registers
NAME
eCAP1
eCAP2
eCAP3
eCAP4
eCAP5
eCAP6
SIZE
(x16)
TSCTR
0x6A00
0x6A20
0x6A40
0x6A60
0x6A80
0x6AA0
2
Time-Stamp Counter
CTRPHS
0x6A02
0x6A22
0x6A42
0x6A62
0x6A82
0x6AA2
2
Counter Phase Offset Value
Register
CAP1
0x6A04
0x6A24
0x6A44
0x6A64
0x6A84
0x6AA4
2
Capture 1 Register
CAP2
0x6A06
0x6A26
0x6A46
0x6A66
0x6A86
0x6AA6
2
Capture 2 Register
DESCRIPTION
CAP3
0x6A08
0x6A28
0x6A48
0x6A68
0x6A88
0x6AA8
2
Capture 3 Register
CAP4
0x6A0A
0x6A2A
0x6A4A
0x6A6A
0x6A8A
0x6AAA
2
Capture 4 Register
Reserved
0x6A0C0x6A12
0x6A2C0x6A32
0x6A4C0x6A52
0x6A6C0x6A72
0x6A8C0x6A92
0x6AAC0x6AB2
8
Reserved
ECCTL1
0x6A14
0x6A34
0x6A54
0x6A74
0x6A94
0x6AB4
1
Capture Control Register 1
ECCTL2
0x6A15
0x6A35
0x6A55
0x6A75
0x6A95
0x6AB5
1
Capture Control Register 2
ECEINT
0x6A16
0x6A36
0x6A56
0x6A76
0x6A96
0x6AB6
1
Capture Interrupt Enable Register
ECFLG
0x6A17
0x6A37
0x6A57
0x6A77
0x6A97
0x6AB7
1
Capture Interrupt Flag Register
ECCLR
0x6A18
0x6A38
0x6A58
0x6A78
0x6A98
0x6AB8
1
Capture Interrupt Clear Register
ECFRC
0x6A19
0x6A39
0x6A59
0x6A79
0x6A99
0x6AB9
1
Capture Interrupt Force Register
Reserved
0x6A1A0x6A1F
0x6A3A0x6A3F
0x6A5A0x6A5F
0x6A7A0x6A7F
0x6A9A0x6A9F
0x6ABA0x6ABF
6
Reserved
Peripherals
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
71
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
4.6
www.ti.com
Enhanced QEP Modules
The device contains up to three enhanced quadrature encoder (eQEP) modules with 32-bit resolution
(eQEP1, eQEP2, eQEP3). Figure 4-7 shows the block diagram of the eQEP module.
System Control
Registers
To CPU
EQEPxENCLK
Data Bus
SYSCLKOUT
QCPRD
QCAPCTL
QCTMR
16
16
16
Quadrature
Capture
Unit
(QCAP)
QCTMRLAT
QCPRDLAT
Registers
Used by
Multiple Units
QUTMR
QWDTMR
QUPRD
QWDPRD
32
16
QEPCTL
QEPSTS
UTIME
QFLG
UTOUT
QWDOG
QDECCTL
16
WDTOUT
PIE
EQEPxAIN
QCLK
EQEPxINT
16
QPOSLAT
EQEPxIIN
QI
Position Counter/
Control Unit
(PCCU)
QS Quadrature
Decoder
PHE
(QDU)
PCSOUT
QPOSSLAT
EQEPxA/XCLK
EQEPxBIN
QDIR
QPOSILAT
EQEPxB/XDIR
EQEPxIOUT
EQEPxIOE
GPIO
MUX
EQEPxSIN
EQEPxSOUT
EQEPxSOE
32
32
QPOSCNT
QPOSCMP
EQEPxI
EQEPxS
16
QEINT
QPOSINIT
QFRC
QPOSMAX
QCLR
QPOSCTL
Enhanced QEP (eQEP) Peripheral
Figure 4-7. eQEP Functional Block Diagram
72
Peripherals
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Table 4-5 provides a summary of the eQEP registers.
Table 4-5. eQEP Control and Status Registers
eQEP1
ADDRESS
eQEP2
ADDRESS
eQEP3
ADDRESS
eQEPx
SIZE(x16)/
#SHADOW
QPOSCNT
0x6B00
0x6B40
0x6B80
2/0
eQEP Position Counter
QPOSINIT
0x6B02
0x6B42
0x6B82
2/0
eQEP Initialization Position Count
QPOSMAX
0x6B04
0x6B44
0x6B84
2/0
eQEP Maximum Position Count
QPOSCMP
0x6B06
0x6B46
0x6B86
2/1
eQEP Position-compare
QPOSILAT
0x6B08
0x6B48
0x6B88
2/0
eQEP Index Position Latch
NAME
REGISTER DESCRIPTION
QPOSSLAT
0x6B0A
0x6B4A
0x6B8A
2/0
eQEP Strobe Position Latch
QPOSLAT
0x6B0C
0x6B4C
0x6B8C
2/0
eQEP Position Latch
QUTMR
0x6B0E
0x6B4E
0x6B8E
2/0
eQEP Unit Timer
QUPRD
0x6B10
0x6B50
0x6B90
2/0
eQEP Unit Period Register
QWDTMR
0x6B12
0x6B52
0x6B92
1/0
eQEP Watchdog Timer
QWDPRD
0x6B13
0x6B53
0x6B93
1/0
eQEP Watchdog Period Register
QDECCTL
0x6B14
0x6B54
0x6B94
1/0
eQEP Decoder Control Register
QEPCTL
0x6B15
0x6B55
0x6B95
1/0
eQEP Control Register
QCAPCTL
0x6B16
0x6B56
0x6B96
1/0
eQEP Capture Control Register
QPOSCTL
0x6B17
0x6B57
0x6B97
1/0
eQEP Position-compare Control
Register
QEINT
0x6B18
0x6B58
0x6B98
1/0
eQEP Interrupt Enable Register
QFLG
0x6B19
0x6B59
0x6B99
1/0
eQEP Interrupt Flag Register
QCLR
0x6B1A
0x6B5A
0x6B9A
1/0
eQEP Interrupt Clear Register
QFRC
0x6B1B
0x6B5B
0x6B9B
1/0
eQEP Interrupt Force Register
QEPSTS
0x6B1C
0x6B5C
0x6B9C
1/0
eQEP Status Register
QCTMR
0x6B1D
0x6B5D
0x6B9D
1/0
eQEP Capture Timer
QCPRD
0x6B1E
0x6B5E
0x6B9E
1/0
eQEP Capture Period Register
QCTMRLAT
0x6B1F
0x6B5F
0x6B9F
1/0
eQEP Capture Timer Latch
QCPRDLAT
0x6B20
0x6B60
0x6BA0
1/0
eQEP Capture Period Latch
0x6B21 - 0x6B3F
0x6B61 - 0x6B7F
0x6BBA1 - 0x6BBF
31/0
Reserved
4.7
External ADC Interface
The external ADC interface operation is configured, controlled, and monitored by the External SoC
Configuration Register (EXTSOCCFG) at address 0x702E. Figure 4-8 illustrates how the Start-ofConversion signals for external ADCs are generated by the on-chip PWM modules.
Peripherals
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
73
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
EXTSOC1A
POLSEL
0
EXTSOC1A
1
ePWM1SOCA
ePWM1
ePWM1SOCB
EXTSOC1B
POLSEL
ePWM2SOCA
ePWM3
ePWM2SOCB
0
ePWM3SOCA
1
ePWM3SOCB
EXTSOC1B
EXTSOC2A
POLSEL
Pulse Stretcher,
32 HSPCLK Cycles Wide and Then to Chip Pins
ePWM2
ePWM4SOCA
ePWM4
0
ePWM4SOCB
1
ePWM5SOCA
ePWM5
ePWM5SOCB
EXTSOC2B
POLSEL
0
ePWM6SOCA
ePWM6
ePWM6SOCB
1
ePWM7SOCA
ePWM7
ePWM7SOCB
ePWM8SOCA
ePWM8
EXTSOC3A
POLSEL
ePWM8SOCB
EXTSOC2B
0
EXTSOC3A
ePWM9SOCA
ePWM9
EXTSOC2A
1
ePWM9SOCB
EXTSOC3B
POLSEL
0
EXTSOC3B
1
Figure 4-8. External ADC Interface
Table 4-6. External ADC Interface Registers
74
NAME
DESCRIPTION
ADDRESS
EXTSOCCFG
External SoC Configuration Register
0x00 702E
Peripherals
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
4.8
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Multichannel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP) Module
The McBSP module has the following features:
• Compatible to McBSP in TMS320C54x™/ TMS320C55x™ DSP devices
• Full-duplex communication
• Double-buffered data registers that allow a continuous data stream
• Independent framing and clocking for receive and transmit
• External shift clock generation or an internal programmable frequency shift clock
• A wide selection of data sizes including 8-, 12-, 16-, 20-, 24-, or 32-bits
• 8-bit data transfers with LSB or MSB first
• Programmable polarity for both frame synchronization and data clocks
• Highly programmable internal clock and frame generation
• Direct interface to industry-standard CODECs, Analog Interface Chips (AICs), and other serially
connected A/D and D/A devices
• Works with SPI-compatible devices
• The following application interfaces can be supported on the McBSP:
– T1/E1 framers
– IOM-2 compliant devices
– AC97-compliant devices (the necessary multiphase frame synchronization capability is provided.)
– IIS-compliant devices
– SPI
• McBSP clock rate,
CLKG =
CLKSRG
(1 + CLKGDV )
where CLKSRG source could be LSPCLK, CLKX, or CLKR. Serial port performance is limited by I/O
buffer switching speed. Internal prescalers must be adjusted such that the peripheral speed is less
than the I/O buffer speed limit.
NOTE
See Section 6 for maximum I/O pin toggling speed.
Peripherals
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
75
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Figure 4-9 shows the block diagram of the McBSP module.
TX
Interrupt
MXINT
To CPU
Peripheral Write Bus
CPU
TX Interrupt Logic
16
McBSP Transmit
Interrupt Select Logic
16
DXR2 Transmit Buffer
LSPCLK
DXR1 Transmit Buffer
MFSXx
16
16
MCLKXx
DMA Bus
Peripheral Bus
CPU
Bridge
Compand Logic
XSR2
XSR1
MDXx
RSR2
RSR1
MDRx
16
MCLKRx
16
Expand Logic
MFSRx
RBR2 Register
McBSP Receive
Interrupt Select Logic
MRINT
RX Interrupt Logic
16
16
DRR2 Receive Buffer
DRR1 Receive Buffer
16
RX
Interrupt
RBR1 Register
16
Peripheral Read Bus
CPU
To CPU
Figure 4-9. McBSP Module
76
Peripherals
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Table 4-7 provides a summary of the McBSP registers.
Table 4-7. McBSP Register Summary
McBSP-A
ADDRESS
McBSP-B
ADDRESS
DRR2
0x5000
0x5040
R
0x0000
McBSP Data Receive Register 2
DRR1
0x5001
0x5041
R
0x0000
McBSP Data Receive Register 1
DXR2
0x5002
0x5042
W
0x0000
McBSP Data Transmit Register 2
DXR1
0x5003
0x5043
W
0x0000
McBSP Data Transmit Register 1
NAME
TYPE
RESET VALUE
DESCRIPTION
Data Registers, Receive, Transmit
McBSP Control Registers
SPCR2
0x5004
0x5044
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Serial Port Control Register 2
SPCR1
0x5005
0x5045
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Serial Port Control Register 1
RCR2
0x5006
0x5046
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Receive Control Register 2
RCR1
0x5007
0x5047
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Receive Control Register 1
XCR2
0x5008
0x5048
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Transmit Control Register 2
XCR1
0x5009
0x5049
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Transmit Control Register 1
SRGR2
0x500A
0x504A
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Sample Rate Generator Register 2
SRGR1
0x500B
0x504B
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Sample Rate Generator Register 1
Multichannel Control Registers
MCR2
0x500C
0x504C
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Multichannel Register 2
MCR1
0x500D
0x504D
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Multichannel Register 1
RCERA
0x500E
0x504E
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Receive Channel Enable Register Partition A
RCERB
0x500F
0x504F
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Receive Channel Enable Register Partition B
XCERA
0x5010
0x5050
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Transmit Channel Enable Register Partition A
XCERB
0x5011
0x5051
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Transmit Channel Enable Register Partition B
PCR
0x5012
0x5052
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Pin Control Register
RCERC
0x5013
0x5053
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Receive Channel Enable Register Partition C
RCERD
0x5014
0x5054
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Receive Channel Enable Register Partition D
XCERC
0x5015
0x5055
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Transmit Channel Enable Register Partition C
XCERD
0x5016
0x5056
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Transmit Channel Enable Register Partition D
RCERE
0x5017
0x5057
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Receive Channel Enable Register Partition E
RCERF
0x5018
0x5058
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Receive Channel Enable Register Partition F
XCERE
0x5019
0x5059
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Transmit Channel Enable Register Partition E
XCERF
0x501A
0x505A
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Transmit Channel Enable Register Partition F
RCERG
0x501B
0x505B
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Receive Channel Enable Register Partition G
RCERH
0x501C
0x505C
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Receive Channel Enable Register Partition H
XCERG
0x501D
0x505D
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Transmit Channel Enable Register Partition G
XCERH
0x501E
0x505E
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Transmit Channel Enable Register Partition H
MFFINT
0x5023
0x5063
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Interrupt Enable Register
MFFST
0x5024
0x5064
R/W
0x0000
McBSP Pin Status Register
Peripherals
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
77
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
4.9
www.ti.com
Enhanced Controller Area Network (eCAN) Modules (eCAN-A and eCAN-B)
The CAN module has the following features:
• Fully compliant with CAN protocol, version 2.0B
• Supports data rates up to 1 Mbps
• Thirty-two mailboxes, each with the following properties:
– Configurable as receive or transmit
– Configurable with standard or extended identifier
– Has a programmable receive mask
– Supports data and remote frame
– Composed of 0 to 8 bytes of data
– Uses a 32-bit time stamp on receive and transmit message
– Protects against reception of new message
– Holds the dynamically programmable priority of transmit message
– Employs a programmable interrupt scheme with two interrupt levels
– Employs a programmable alarm on transmission or reception time-out
• Low-power mode
• Programmable wake-up on bus activity
• Automatic reply to a remote request message
• Automatic retransmission of a frame in case of loss of arbitration or error
• 32-bit local network time counter synchronized by a specific message (communication in conjunction
with mailbox 16)
• Self-test mode
– Operates in a loopback mode receiving its own message. A "dummy" acknowledge is provided,
thereby eliminating the need for another node to provide the acknowledge bit.
NOTE
For a SYSCLKOUT of 300 MHz, the smallest bit rate possible is 11.719 kbps.
For a SYSCLKOUT of 200 MHz, the smallest bit rate possible is 7.8125 kbps.
The CAN has passed the conformance test per ISO/DIS 16845. Contact TI for test report and exceptions.
78
Peripherals
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
eCAN0INT
eCAN1INT
Controls Address
Data
Enhanced CAN Controller
32
Message Controller
Mailbox RAM
(512 Bytes)
32-Message Mailbox
of 4 x 32-Bit Words
Memory Management
Unit
32
CPU Interface,
Receive Control Unit,
Timer Management Unit
32
eCAN Memory
(512 Bytes)
Registers and
Message Objects Control
32
eCAN Protocol Kernel
Receive Buffer
Transmit Buffer
Control Buffer
Status Buffer
SN65HVD23x
3.3-V CAN Transceiver
CAN Bus
Figure 4-10. eCAN Block Diagram and Interface Circuit
Peripherals
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
79
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Table 4-8. 3.3-V eCAN Transceivers
PART NUMBER
SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
LOW-POWER
MODE
SLOPE
CONTROL
VREF
OTHER
TA
SN65HVD230Q
3.3 V
Standby
Adjustable
Yes
–
–40°C to 125°C
SN65HVD231Q
3.3 V
Sleep
Adjustable
Yes
–
–40°C to 125°C
SN65HVD232Q
3.3 V
None
None
None
–
–40°C to 125°C
SN65HVD233
3.3 V
Standby
Adjustable
None
Diagnostic Loopback
–40°C to 125°C
SN65HVD234
3.3 V
Standby and Sleep
Adjustable
None
–
–40°C to 125°C
SN65HVD235
3.3 V
Standby
Adjustable
None
Autobaud Loopback
–40°C to 125°C
ISO1050
3–5.5 V
None
None
None
Built-in isolation
Low-prop delay
Thermal shutdown
Failsafe operation
Dominant time-out
–55°C to 105°C
80
Peripherals
•
•
•
•
•
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
eCAN-A Control and Status Registers
Mailbox Enable - CANME
Mailbox Direction - CANMD
Transmission Request Set - CANTRS
Transmission Request Reset - CANTRR
Transmission Acknowledge - CANTA
Abort Acknowledge - CANAA
eCAN-A Memory (512 Bytes)
6000h
Received Message Pending - CANRMP
Control and Status Registers
603Fh
6040h
607Fh
6080h
60BFh
60C0h
60FFh
Received Message Lost - CANRML
Remote Frame Pending - CANRFP
Local Acceptance Masks (LAM)
(32 x 32-Bit RAM)
Global Acceptance Mask - CANGAM
Message Object Time Stamps (MOTS)
(32 x 32-Bit RAM)
Bit-Timing Configuration - CANBTC
Message Object Time-Out (MOTO)
(32 x 32-Bit RAM)
Transmit Error Counter - CANTEC
Master Control - CANMC
Error and Status - CANES
Receive Error Counter - CANREC
Global Interrupt Flag 0 - CANGIF0
Global Interrupt Mask - CANGIM
Global Interrupt Flag 1 - CANGIF1
eCAN-A Memory RAM (512 Bytes)
6100h-6107h
Mailbox 0
6108h-610Fh
Mailbox 1
6110h-6117h
Mailbox 2
6118h-611Fh
Mailbox 3
6120h-6127h
Mailbox 4
Mailbox Interrupt Mask - CANMIM
Mailbox Interrupt Level - CANMIL
Overwrite Protection Control - CANOPC
TX I/O Control - CANTIOC
RX I/O Control - CANRIOC
Time Stamp Counter - CANTSC
Time-Out Control - CANTOC
Time-Out Status - CANTOS
61E0h-61E7h
Mailbox 28
61E8h-61EFh
Mailbox 29
61F0h-61F7h
Mailbox 30
61F8h-61FFh
Mailbox 31
Reserved
Message Mailbox (16 Bytes)
61E8h-61E9h
Message Identifier - MSGID
61EAh-61EBh
Message Control - MSGCTRL
61ECh-61EDh
Message Data Low - MDL
61EEh-61EFh
Message Data High - MDH
Figure 4-11. eCAN-A Memory Map
NOTE
If the eCAN module is not used in an application, the RAM available (LAM, MOTS, MOTO,
and mailbox RAM) can be used as general-purpose RAM. The CAN module clock should be
enabled for this.
Peripherals
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
81
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
eCAN-B Control and Status Registers
Mailbox Enable - CANME
Mailbox Direction - CANMD
Transmission Request Set - CANTRS
Transmission Request Reset - CANTRR
Transmission Acknowledge - CANTA
Abort Acknowledge - CANAA
eCAN-B Memory (512 Bytes)
6200h
Received Message Pending - CANRMP
Control and Status Registers
623Fh
6240h
627Fh
6280h
62BFh
62C0h
62FFh
Received Message Lost - CANRML
Remote Frame Pending - CANRFP
Local Acceptance Masks (LAM)
(32 x 32-Bit RAM)
Global Acceptance Mask - CANGAM
Message Object Time Stamps (MOTS)
(32 x 32-Bit RAM)
Bit-Timing Configuration - CANBTC
Message Object Time-Out (MOTO)
(32 x 32-Bit RAM)
Transmit Error Counter - CANTEC
Master Control - CANMC
Error and Status - CANES
Receive Error Counter - CANREC
Global Interrupt Flag 0 - CANGIF0
Global Interrupt Mask - CANGIM
Global Interrupt Flag 1 - CANGIF1
eCAN-B Memory RAM (512 Bytes)
6300h-6307h
Mailbox 0
6308h-630Fh
Mailbox 1
6310h-6317h
Mailbox 2
6318h-631Fh
Mailbox 3
6320h-6327h
Mailbox 4
Mailbox Interrupt Mask - CANMIM
Mailbox Interrupt Level - CANMIL
Overwrite Protection Control - CANOPC
TX I/O Control - CANTIOC
RX I/O Control - CANRIOC
Time Stamp Counter - CANTSC
Time-Out Control - CANTOC
Time-Out Status - CANTOS
63E0h-63E7h
Mailbox 28
63E8h-63EFh
Mailbox 29
63F0h-63F7h
Mailbox 30
63F8h-63FFh
Mailbox 31
Reserved
Message Mailbox (16 Bytes)
63E8h-63E9h
Message Identifier - MSGID
63EAh-63EBh
Message Control - MSGCTRL
63ECh-63EDh
Message Data Low - MDL
63EEh-63EFh
Message Data High - MDH
Figure 4-12. eCAN-B Memory Map
82
Peripherals
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
The CAN registers listed in Table 4-9 are used by the CPU to configure and control the CAN controller
and the message objects. eCAN control registers only support 32-bit read/write operations. Mailbox RAM
can be accessed as 16 bits or 32 bits. 32-bit accesses are aligned to an even boundary.
Table 4-9. CAN Register Map (1)
REGISTER NAME
eCAN-A
ADDRESS
eCAN-B
ADDRESS
SIZE
(x32)
(1)
DESCRIPTION
CANME
0x6000
0x6200
1
Mailbox enable
CANMD
0x6002
0x6202
1
Mailbox direction
CANTRS
0x6004
0x6204
1
Transmit request set
CANTRR
0x6006
0x6206
1
Transmit request reset
CANTA
0x6008
0x6208
1
Transmission acknowledge
CANAA
0x600A
0x620A
1
Abort acknowledge
CANRMP
0x600C
0x620C
1
Receive message pending
CANRML
0x600E
0x620E
1
Receive message lost
CANRFP
0x6010
0x6210
1
Remote frame pending
CANGAM
0x6012
0x6212
1
Global acceptance mask
CANMC
0x6014
0x6214
1
Master control
CANBTC
0x6016
0x6216
1
Bit-timing configuration
CANES
0x6018
0x6218
1
Error and status
CANTEC
0x601A
0x621A
1
Transmit error counter
CANREC
0x601C
0x621C
1
Receive error counter
CANGIF0
0x601E
0x621E
1
Global interrupt flag 0
CANGIM
0x6020
0x6220
1
Global interrupt mask
CANGIF1
0x6022
0x6222
1
Global interrupt flag 1
CANMIM
0x6024
0x6224
1
Mailbox interrupt mask
CANMIL
0x6026
0x6226
1
Mailbox interrupt level
CANOPC
0x6028
0x6228
1
Overwrite protection control
CANTIOC
0x602A
0x622A
1
TX I/O control
CANRIOC
0x602C
0x622C
1
RX I/O control
CANTSC
0x602E
0x622E
1
Time stamp counter (Reserved in SCC mode)
CANTOC
0x6030
0x6230
1
Time-out control (Reserved in SCC mode)
CANTOS
0x6032
0x6232
1
Time-out status (Reserved in SCC mode)
These registers are mapped to Peripheral Frame 1.
Peripherals
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
83
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
4.10 Serial Communications Interface (SCI) Modules (SCI-A, SCI-B, SCI-C)
The devices include three serial communications interface (SCI) modules. The SCI modules support
digital communications between the CPU and other asynchronous peripherals that use the standard nonreturn-to-zero (NRZ) format. The SCI receiver and transmitter are double-buffered, and each has its own
separate enable and interrupt bits. Both can be operated independently or simultaneously in the fullduplex mode. To ensure data integrity, the SCI checks received data for break detection, parity, overrun,
and framing errors. The bit rate is programmable to over 65000 different speeds through a 16-bit baudselect register.
Features of each SCI module include:
• Two external pins:
– SCITXD: SCI transmit-output pin
– SCIRXD: SCI receive-input pin
NOTE: Both pins can be used as GPIO if not used for SCI.
– Baud rate programmable to 64K different rates:
Baud rate =
LSPCLK
(BRR + 1) * 8
when BRR ¹ 0
Baud rate =
LSPCLK
16
when BRR = 0
NOTE
See Section 6 for maximum I/O pin toggling speed.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Data-word format
– One start bit
– Data-word length programmable from one to eight bits
– Optional even/odd/no parity bit
– One or two stop bits
Four error-detection flags: parity, overrun, framing, and break detection
Two wake-up multiprocessor modes: idle-line and address bit
Half- or full-duplex operation
Double-buffered receive and transmit functions
Transmitter and receiver operations can be accomplished through interrupt-driven or polled algorithms
with status flags.
– Transmitter: TXRDY flag (transmitter-buffer register is ready to receive another character) and TX
EMPTY flag (transmitter-shift register is empty)
– Receiver: RXRDY flag (receiver-buffer register is ready to receive another character), BRKDT flag
(break condition occurred), and RX ERROR flag (monitoring four interrupt conditions)
Separate enable bits for transmitter and receiver interrupts (except BRKDT)
NRZ (non-return-to-zero) format
NOTE
All registers in this module are 8-bit registers that are connected to Peripheral Frame 2.
When a register is accessed, the register data is in the lower byte (7-0), and the upper byte
(15-8) is read as zeros. Writing to the upper byte has no effect.
84
Peripherals
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Enhanced features:
• Auto baud-detect hardware logic
• 16-level transmit/receive FIFO
The SCI port operation is configured and controlled by the registers listed in Table 4-10, Table 4-11, and
Table 4-12.
Table 4-10. SCI-A Registers (1)
NAME
ADDRESS
SIZE (x16)
SCICCRA
0x7050
1
SCI-A Communications Control Register
SCICTL1A
0x7051
1
SCI-A Control Register 1
SCIHBAUDA
0x7052
1
SCI-A Baud Register, High Bits
SCILBAUDA
0x7053
1
SCI-A Baud Register, Low Bits
SCICTL2A
0x7054
1
SCI-A Control Register 2
SCIRXSTA
0x7055
1
SCI-A Receive Status Register
SCIRXEMUA
0x7056
1
SCI-A Receive Emulation Data Buffer Register
SCIRXBUFA
0x7057
1
SCI-A Receive Data Buffer Register
SCITXBUFA
0x7059
1
SCI-A Transmit Data Buffer Register
SCIFFTXA (2)
0x705A
1
SCI-A FIFO Transmit Register
SCIFFRXA (2)
0x705B
1
SCI-A FIFO Receive Register
(2)
0x705C
1
SCI-A FIFO Control Register
0x705F
1
SCI-A Priority Control Register
SCIFFCTA
SCIPRIA
(1)
(2)
DESCRIPTION
Registers in this table are mapped to Peripheral Frame 2 space. This space only allows 16-bit accesses. 32-bit accesses produce
undefined results.
These registers are new registers for the FIFO mode.
Table 4-11. SCI-B Registers (1)
NAME
ADDRESS
SIZE (x16)
SCICCRB
0x7750
1
SCI-B Communications Control Register
SCICTL1B
0x7751
1
SCI-B Control Register 1
SCIHBAUDB
0x7752
1
SCI-B Baud Register, High Bits
SCILBAUDB
0x7753
1
SCI-B Baud Register, Low Bits
SCICTL2B
0x7754
1
SCI-B Control Register 2
(2)
DESCRIPTION
SCIRXSTB
0x7755
1
SCI-B Receive Status Register
SCIRXEMUB
0x7756
1
SCI-B Receive Emulation Data Buffer Register
SCIRXBUFB
0x7757
1
SCI-B Receive Data Buffer Register
SCITXBUFB
0x7759
1
SCI-B Transmit Data Buffer Register
(2)
0x775A
1
SCI-B FIFO Transmit Register
SCIFFRXB (2)
0x775B
1
SCI-B FIFO Receive Register
SCIFFCTB (2)
0x775C
1
SCI-B FIFO Control Register
SCIPRIB
0x775F
1
SCI-B Priority Control Register
SCIFFTXB
(1)
(2)
Registers in this table are mapped to Peripheral Frame 2 space. This space only allows 16-bit accesses. 32-bit accesses produce
undefined results.
These registers are new registers for the FIFO mode.
Peripherals
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
85
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Table 4-12. SCI-C Registers (1)
NAME
ADDRESS
SIZE (x16)
(2)
86
DESCRIPTION
SCICCRC
0x7770
1
SCI-C Communications Control Register
SCICTL1C
0x7771
1
SCI-C Control Register 1
SCIHBAUDC
0x7772
1
SCI-C Baud Register, High Bits
SCILBAUDC
0x7773
1
SCI-C Baud Register, Low Bits
SCICTL2C
0x7774
1
SCI-C Control Register 2
SCIRXSTC
0x7775
1
SCI-C Receive Status Register
SCIRXEMUC
0x7776
1
SCI-C Receive Emulation Data Buffer Register
SCIRXBUFC
0x7777
1
SCI-C Receive Data Buffer Register
SCITXBUFC
0x7779
1
SCI-C Transmit Data Buffer Register
SCIFFTXC (2)
0x777A
1
SCI-C FIFO Transmit Register
(2)
0x777B
1
SCI-C FIFO Receive Register
SCIFFCTC (2)
0x777C
1
SCI-C FIFO Control Register
SCIPRC
0x777F
1
SCI-C Priority Control Register
SCIFFRXC
(1)
(2)
Registers in this table are mapped to Peripheral Frame 2 space. This space only allows 16-bit accesses. 32-bit accesses produce
undefined results.
These registers are new registers for the FIFO mode.
Peripherals
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Figure 4-13 shows the SCI module block diagram.
SCICTL1.1
Frame Format and Mode
SCITXD
TXSHF
Register
Parity
Even/Odd
Enable
TX EMPTY
SCICTL2.6
8
SCICCR.6 SCICCR.5
TXRDY
SCICTL2.7
Transmitter-Data
Buffer Register
TXWAKE
SCICTL1.3
SCICTL2.0
TXINT
TX FIFO _0
TX Interrupt Logic
TX FIFO _1
WUT
-----
TX FIFO _15
TX
FIFO
Interrupts
SCITXBUF.7-0
TX FIFO Registers
SCIFFENA
SCIHBAUD. 15 - 8
Baud Rate
MSbyte
Register
LSPCLK
TX INT ENA
8
1
SCITXD
TXENA
To CPU
SCI TX Interrupt Select Logic
AutoBaud Detect Logic
SCIFFTX.14
SCIRXD
SCIRXD
RXSHF Register
RXWAKE
SCIRXST.1
SCILBAUD. 7 - 0
RXENA
8
Baud Rate
LSbyte
Register
SCICTL1.0
SCICTL2.1
RXRDY
Receive-Data
Buffer Register
SCIRXBUF.7-0
RX/BK INT ENA
SCIRXST.6
BRKDT
8
SCIRXST.5
RX FIFO _15
-----
RX FIFO _1
RX FIFO _0
RX
FIFO
Interrupts
RX Interrupt Logic
To CPU
SCIRXBUF.7-0
RX FIFO Registers
RXFFOVF
SCIRXST.7
SCIRXST.4 - 2
RX Error
FE OE PE
RXINT
SCIFFRX.15
RX Error
RX ERR INT ENA
SCI RX Interrupt Select Logic
SCICTL1.6
Figure 4-13. Serial Communications Interface (SCI) Module Block Diagram
Peripherals
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
87
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
4.11 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Module (SPI-A, SPI-D)
The device includes the four-pin serial peripheral interface (SPI) module. Two SPI modules (SPI-A and
SPI-D) are available. The SPI is a high-speed, synchronous serial I/O port that allows a serial bit stream of
programmed length (one to sixteen bits) to be shifted into and out of the device at a programmable bittransfer rate. Normally, the SPI is used for communications between the MCU controller and external
peripherals or another processor. Typical applications include external I/O or peripheral expansion through
devices such as shift registers, display drivers, and ADCs. Multidevice communications are supported by
the master/slave operation of the SPI.
The SPI module features include:
• Four external pins:
– SPISOMI: SPI slave-output/master-input pin
– SPISIMO: SPI slave-input/master-output pin
– SPISTE: SPI slave transmit-enable pin
– SPICLK: SPI serial-clock pin
NOTE: All four pins can be used as GPIO if the SPI module is not used.
• Two operational modes: master and slave
Baud rate: 125 different programmable rates.
Baud rate =
LSPCLK
(SPIBRR + 1)
when SPIBRR = 3 to 127
Baud rate =
LSPCLK
4
when SPIBRR = 0, 1, 2
NOTE
See Section 6 for maximum I/O pin toggling speed.
•
•
•
•
•
Data word length: one to sixteen data bits
Four clocking schemes (controlled by clock polarity and clock phase bits) include:
– Falling edge without phase delay: SPICLK active-high. SPI transmits data on the falling edge of the
SPICLK signal and receives data on the rising edge of the SPICLK signal.
– Falling edge with phase delay: SPICLK active-high. SPI transmits data one half-cycle ahead of the
falling edge of the SPICLK signal and receives data on the falling edge of the SPICLK signal.
– Rising edge without phase delay: SPICLK inactive-low. SPI transmits data on the rising edge of the
SPICLK signal and receives data on the falling edge of the SPICLK signal.
– Rising edge with phase delay: SPICLK inactive-low. SPI transmits data one half-cycle ahead of the
falling edge of the SPICLK signal and receives data on the rising edge of the SPICLK signal.
Simultaneous receive and transmit operation (transmit function can be disabled in software)
Transmitter and receiver operations are accomplished through either interrupt-driven or polled
algorithms.
Nine SPI module control registers: Located in control register frame beginning at address 7040h.
NOTE
All registers in this module are 16-bit registers that are connected to Peripheral Frame 2.
When a register is accessed, the register data is in the lower byte (7–0), and the upper byte
(15–8) is read as zeros. Writing to the upper byte has no effect.
88
Peripherals
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Enhanced features:
• 16-level transmit/receive FIFO
• Delayed transmit control
The SPI port operation is configured and controlled by the registers listed in Table 4-13 and Table 4-14 .
Table 4-13. SPI-A Registers
(1)
DESCRIPTION (1)
NAME
ADDRESS
SIZE (x16)
SPICCR
0x7040
1
SPI-A Configuration Control Register
SPICTL
0x7041
1
SPI-A Operation Control Register
SPISTS
0x7042
1
SPI-A Status Register
SPIBRR
0x7044
1
SPI-A Baud Rate Register
SPIRXEMU
0x7046
1
SPI-A Receive Emulation Buffer Register
SPIRXBUF
0x7047
1
SPI-A Serial Input Buffer Register
SPITXBUF
0x7048
1
SPI-A Serial Output Buffer Register
SPIDAT
0x7049
1
SPI-A Serial Data Register
SPIFFTX
0x704A
1
SPI-A FIFO Transmit Register
SPIFFRX
0x704B
1
SPI-A FIFO Receive Register
SPIFFCT
0x704C
1
SPI-A FIFO Control Register
SPIPRI
0x704F
1
SPI-A Priority Control Register
Registers in this table are mapped to Peripheral Frame 2. This space only allows 16-bit accesses. 32-bit accesses produce undefined
results.
Table 4-14. SPI-D Registers
(1)
DESCRIPTION (1)
NAME
ADDRESS
SIZE (x16)
SPICCR
0x7780
1
SPI-D Configuration Control Register
SPICTL
0x7781
1
SPI-D Operation Control Register
SPISTS
0x7782
1
SPI-D Status Register
SPIBRR
0x7784
1
SPI-D Baud Rate Register
SPIRXEMU
0x7786
1
SPI-D Receive Emulation Buffer Register
SPIRXBUF
0x7787
1
SPI-D Serial Input Buffer Register
SPITXBUF
0x7788
1
SPI-D Serial Output Buffer Register
SPIDAT
0x7789
1
SPI-D Serial Data Register
SPIFFTX
0x778A
1
SPI-D FIFO Transmit Register
SPIFFRX
0x778B
1
SPI-D FIFO Receive Register
SPIFFCT
0x778C
1
SPI-D FIFO Control Register
SPIPRI
0x778F
1
SPI-D Priority Control Register
Registers in this table are mapped to Peripheral Frame 2. This space only allows 16-bit accesses. 32-bit accesses produce undefined
results.
Peripherals
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
89
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Figure 4-14 is a block diagram of the SPI in slave mode.
SPIFFENA
Overrun
INT ENA
Receiver
Overrun Flag
SPIFFTX.14
RX FIFO registers
SPISTS.7
SPICTL.4
SPIRXBUF
RX FIFO _0
RX FIFO _1
SPIINT/SPIRXINT
RX FIFO Interrupt
−−−−−
RX Interrupt
Logic
RX FIFO _15
16
SPIRXBUF
Buffer Register
SPIFFOVF FLAG
SPIFFRX.15
To CPU
TX FIFO registers
SPITXBUF
TX FIFO _15
TX Interrupt
Logic
TX FIFO Interrupt
−−−−−
TX FIFO _1
TX FIFO _0
SPITXINT
16
SPI INT FLAG
SPITXBUF
Buffer Register
16
SPI INT
ENA
SPISTS.6
SPICTL.0
16
M
M
SPIDAT
Data Register
S
SPIDAT.15 − 0
M
S
SW1
SPISIMO
M
S
S
SW2
SPISOMI
Talk
SPICTL.1
(A)
SPISTE
State Control
Master/Slave
SPI Char
SPICCR.3 − 0
3
2
1
SW3
M
SPI Bit Rate
LSPCLK
SPIBRR.6 − 0
6
A.
5
4
3
SPICTL.2
S
0
2
1
0
S
Clock
Polarity
Clock
Phase
SPICCR.6
SPICTL.3
SPICLK
M
SPISTE is driven low by the master for a slave device.
Figure 4-14. SPI Module Block Diagram (Slave Mode)
90
Peripherals
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
4.12 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C)
The device contains one I2C Serial Port. Figure 4-15 shows how the I2C peripheral module interfaces
within the device.
System Control Block
C28x CPU
I2CAENCLK
SYSRS
Control
Data[16]
SDAA
Peripheral Bus
SYSCLKOUT
Data[16]
2
GPIO
MUX
I C-A
Addr[16]
SCLA
I2CINT1A
I2CINT2A
A.
B.
PIE
Block
The I2C registers are accessed at the SYSCLKOUT rate. The internal timing and signal waveforms of the I2C port are
also at the SYSCLKOUT rate.
The clock enable bit (I2CAENCLK) in the PCLKCR0 register turns off the clock to the I2C port for low power
operation. Upon reset, I2CAENCLK is clear, which indicates the peripheral internal clocks are off.
Figure 4-15. I2C Peripheral Module Interfaces
The I2C module has the following features:
• Compliance with the Philips Semiconductors I2C-bus specification (version 2.1):
– Support for 1-bit to 8-bit format transfers
– 7-bit and 10-bit addressing modes
– General call
– START byte mode
– Support for multiple master-transmitters and slave-receivers
– Support for multiple slave-transmitters and master-receivers
– Combined master transmit/receive and receive/transmit mode
– Data transfer rate from 10 kbps up to 400 kbps (I2C Fast-mode rate)
• One 16-word receive FIFO and one 16-word transmit FIFO
Peripherals
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
91
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
•
•
•
•
www.ti.com
One interrupt that can be used by the CPU. This interrupt can be generated as a result of one of the
following conditions:
– Transmit-data ready
– Receive-data ready
– Register-access ready
– No-acknowledgment received
– Arbitration lost
– Stop condition detected
– Addressed as slave
An additional interrupt that can be used by the CPU when in FIFO mode
Module-enable and module-disable capability
Free data format mode
The registers in Table 4-15 configure and control the I2C port operation.
Table 4-15. I2C-A Registers
NAME
ADDRESS
I2COAR
0x7900
I2C own address register
DESCRIPTION
I2CIER
0x7901
I2C interrupt enable register
I2CSTR
0x7902
I2C status register
I2CCLKL
0x7903
I2C clock low-time divider register
I2CCLKH
0x7904
I2C clock high-time divider register
I2CCNT
0x7905
I2C data count register
I2CDRR
0x7906
I2C data receive register
I2CSAR
0x7907
I2C slave address register
I2CDXR
0x7908
I2C data transmit register
I2CMDR
0x7909
I2C mode register
I2CISRC
0x790A
I2C interrupt source register
I2CPSC
0x790C
I2C prescaler register
I2CFFTX
0x7920
I2C FIFO transmit register
I2CFFRX
0x7921
I2C FIFO receive register
I2CRSR
–
I2C receive shift register (not accessible to the CPU)
I2CXSR
–
I2C transmit shift register (not accessible to the CPU)
4.13 GPIO MUX
On the 2834x devices, the GPIO MUX can multiplex up to three independent peripheral signals on a
single GPIO pin in addition to providing individual pin bit-banging I/O capability. The GPIO MUX block
diagram per pin is shown in Figure 4-16. Because of the open drain capabilities of the I2C pins, the GPIO
MUX block diagram for these pins differ. See the TMS320x2834x Delfino System Control and Interrupts
Reference Guide (literature number SPRUFN1 ) for details.
NOTE
There is a 2-SYSCLKOUT cycle delay from when the write to the GPxMUXn and GPxQSELn
registers occurs to when the action is valid.
92
Peripherals
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
GPIOXINT1SEL
GPIOXINT2SEL
GPIOXINT3SEL
GPIOLMPSEL
GPIOXINT7SEL
LPMCR0
GPIOXNMISEL
Low-Power
Modes Block
External Interrupt
MUX
PIE
GPxDAT (read)
Asynchronous
path
GPxQSEL1/2
GPxCTRL
GPxPUD
Input
Qualification
Internal
Pullup
00
N/C
01
Peripheral 1 Input
10
Peripheral 2 Input
11
Peripheral 3 Input
Asynchronous path
GPxTOGGLE
GPxCLEAR
GPxSET
GPIOx pin
00
GPxDAT (latch)
01
Peripheral 1 Output
10
Peripheral 2 Output
11
Peripheral 3 Output
High-Impedance
Output Control
00
0 = Input, 1 = Output
XRS
= Default at Reset
A.
B.
C.
GPxDIR (latch)
01
Peripheral 1 Output Enable
10
Peripheral 2 Output Enable
11
Peripheral 3 Output Enable
GPxMUX1/2
x stands for the port, either A or B. For example, GPxDIR refers to either the GPADIR and GPBDIR register
depending on the particular GPIO pin selected.
GPxDAT latch/read are accessed at the same memory location.
This is a generic GPIO MUX block diagram. Not all options may be applicable for all GPIO pins. See the
TMS320x2834x Delfino System Control and Interrupts Reference Guide (literature number SPRUFN1 ) for pinspecific variations.
Figure 4-16. GPIO MUX Block Diagram
Peripherals
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
93
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
The device supports 88 GPIO pins. The GPIO control and data registers are mapped to Peripheral
Frame 1 to enable 32-bit operations on the registers (along with 16-bit operations). Table 4-16 shows the
GPIO register mapping.
Table 4-16. GPIO Registers
NAME
ADDRESS
SIZE (x16)
DESCRIPTION
GPACTRL
0x6F80
2
GPIO A Control Register (GPIO0 to 31)
GPAQSEL1
0x6F82
2
GPIO A Qualifier Select 1 Register (GPIO0 to 15)
GPAQSEL2
0x6F84
2
GPIO A Qualifier Select 2 Register (GPIO16 to 31)
GPAMUX1
0x6F86
2
GPIO A MUX 1 Register (GPIO0 to 15)
GPAMUX2
0x6F88
2
GPIO A MUX 2 Register (GPIO16 to 31)
GPADIR
0x6F8A
2
GPIO A Direction Register (GPIO0 to 31)
GPIO A Pull Up Disable Register (GPIO0 to 31)
GPIO CONTROL REGISTERS (EALLOW PROTECTED)
GPAPUD
0x6F8C
2
Reserved
0x6F8E – 0x6F8F
2
GPBCTRL
0x6F90
2
GPIO B Control Register (GPIO32 to 63)
GPBQSEL1
0x6F92
2
GPIO B Qualifier Select 1 Register (GPIO32 to 47)
GPBQSEL2
0x6F94
2
GPIOB Qualifier Select 2 Register (GPIO48 to 63)
GPBMUX1
0x6F96
2
GPIO B MUX 1 Register (GPIO32 to 47)
GPBMUX2
0x6F98
2
GPIO B MUX 2 Register (GPIO48 to 63)
GPBDIR
0x6F9A
2
GPIO B Direction Register (GPIO32 to 63)
GPBPUD
0x6F9C
2
GPIO B Pull Up Disable Register (GPIO32 to 63)
Reserved
0x6F9E – 0x6FA5
8
GPCMUX1
0x6FA6
2
GPIO C MUX1 Register (GPIO64 to 79)
GPCMUX2
0x6FA8
2
GPIO C MUX2 Register (GPIO80 to 87)
GPCDIR
0x6FAA
2
GPIO C Direction Register (GPIO64 to 87)
GPIO C Pull Up Disable Register (GPIO64 to 87)
GPCPUD
0x6FAC
2
Reserved
0x6FAE – 0x6FBF
18
GPADAT
0x6FC0
2
GPIO A Data Register (GPIO0 to 31)
GPIO DATA REGISTERS (NOT EALLOW PROTECTED)
GPASET
0x6FC2
2
GPIO A Data Set Register (GPIO0 to 31)
GPACLEAR
0x6FC4
2
GPIO A Data Clear Register (GPIO0 to 31)
GPATOGGLE
0x6FC6
2
GPIO A Data Toggle Register (GPIO0 to 31)
GPBDAT
0x6FC8
2
GPIO B Data Register (GPIO32 to 63)
GPBSET
0x6FCA
2
GPIO B Data Set Register (GPIO32 to 63)
GPBCLEAR
0x6FCC
2
GPIO B Data Clear Register (GPIO32 to 63)
GPBTOGGLE
0x6FCE
2
GPIOB Data Toggle Register (GPIO32 to 63)
GPCDAT
0x6FD0
2
GPIO C Data Register (GPIO64 to 87)
GPCSET
0x6FD2
2
GPIO C Data Set Register (GPIO64 to 87)
GPCCLEAR
0x6FD4
2
GPIO C Data Clear Register (GPIO64 to 87)
GPCTOGGLE
0x6FD6
2
GPIO C Data Toggle Register (GPIO64 to 87)
Reserved
0x6FD8 – 0x6FDF
8
GPIO INTERRUPT AND LOW POWER MODES SELECT REGISTERS (EALLOW PROTECTED)
94
GPIOXINT1SEL
0x6FE0
1
XINT1 GPIO Input Select Register (GPIO0 to 31)
GPIOXINT2SEL
0x6FE1
1
XINT2 GPIO Input Select Register (GPIO0 to 31)
GPIOXNMISEL
0x6FE2
1
XNMI GPIO Input Select Register (GPIO0 to 31)
GPIOXINT3SEL
0x6FE3
1
XINT3 GPIO Input Select Register (GPIO32 to 63)
GPIOXINT4SEL
0x6FE4
1
XINT4 GPIO Input Select Register (GPIO32 to 63)
GPIOXINT5SEL
0x6FE5
1
XINT5 GPIO Input Select Register (GPIO32 to 63)
Peripherals
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Table 4-16. GPIO Registers (continued)
NAME
ADDRESS
SIZE (x16)
GPIOXINT6SEL
0x6FE6
1
XINT6 GPIO Input Select Register (GPIO32 to 63)
DESCRIPTION
GPIOINT7SEL
0x6FE7
1
XINT7 GPIO Input Select Register (GPIO32 to 63)
GPIOLPMSEL
0x6FE8
2
LPM GPIO Select Register (GPIO0 to 31)
Reserved
0x6FEA – 0x6FFF
22
Table 4-17. GPIO-A Mux Peripheral Selection Matrix
REGISTER BITS
GPADIR
GPADAT
GPASET
GPACLR
GPATOGGLE
QUALPRD0
QUALPRD1
GPAMUX1
GPAQSEL1
GPIOx
GPAMUX1 = 0,0
PER1
GPAMUX1 = 0, 1
0
1, 0
GPIO0 (I/O)
EPWM1A (O)
Reserved
Reserved
1
3, 2
GPIO1 (I/O)
EPWM1B (O)
ECAP6 (I/O)
MFSRB (I/O)
2
5, 4
GPIO2 (I/O)
EPWM2A (O)
Reserved
Reserved
3
7, 6
GPIO3 (I/O)
EPWM2B (O)
ECAP5 (I/O)
MCLKRB (I/O)
4
9, 8
GPIO4 (I/O)
EPWM3A (O)
Reserved
Reserved
5
11, 10
GPIO5 (I/O)
EPWM3B (O)
MFSRA (I/O)
ECAP1 (I/O)
6
13, 12
GPIO6 (I/O)
EPWM4A (O)
EPWMSYNCI (I)
EPWMSYNCO (O)
7
15, 14
GPIO7 (I/O)
EPWM4B (O)
MCLKRA (I/O)
ECAP2 (I/O)
8
17, 16
GPIO8 (I/O)
EPWM5A (O)
CANTXB (O)
ADCSOCAO (O)
9
19, 18
GPIO9 (I/O)
EPWM5B (O)
SCITXDB (O)
ECAP3 (I/O)
10
21, 20
GPIO10 (I/O)
EPWM6A (O)
CANRXB (I)
ADCSOCBO (O)
11
23, 22
GPIO11 (I/O)
EPWM6B (O)
SCIRXDB (I)
ECAP4 (I/O)
12
25, 24
GPIO12 (I/O)
TZ1 (I)
CANTXB (O)
MDXB (O)
13
27, 26
GPIO13 (I/O)
TZ2 (I)
CANRXB (I)
MDRB (I)
14
29, 28
GPIO14 (I/O)
TZ3 (I)/XHOLD (I)
SCITXDB (O)
MCLKXB (I/O)
15
QUALPRD2
QUALPRD3
PERIPHERAL SELECTION
PER2
GPAMUX1 = 1, 0
PER3
GPAMUX1 = 1, 1
31, 30
GPIO15 (I/O)
TZ4 (I)/XHOLDA (O)
SCIRXDB (I)
MFSXB (I/O)
GPAMUX2
GPAQSEL2
GPAMUX2 = 0, 0
GPAMUX2 = 0, 1
GPAMUX2 = 1, 0
GPAMUX2 = 1, 1
16
1, 0
GPIO16 (I/O)
SPISIMOA (I/O)
CANTXB (O)
TZ5 (I)
17
3, 2
GPIO17 (I/O)
SPISOMIA (I/O)
CANRXB (I)
TZ6 (I)
18
5, 4
GPIO18 (I/O)
SPICLKA (I/O)
SCITXDB (O)
CANRXA (I)
19
7, 6
GPIO19 (I/O)
SPISTEA (I/O)
SCIRXDB (I)
CANTXA (O)
20
9, 8
GPIO20 (I/O)
EQEP1A (I)
MDXA (O)
CANTXB (O)
21
11, 10
GPIO21 (I/O)
EQEP1B (I)
MDRA (I)
CANRXB (I)
22
13, 12
GPIO22 (I/O)
EQEP1S (I/O)
MCLKXA (I/O)
SCITXDB (O)
23
15, 14
GPIO23 (I/O)
EQEP1I (I/O)
MFSXA (I/O)
SCIRXDB (I)
24
17, 16
GPIO24 (I/O)
ECAP1 (I/O)
EQEP2A (I)
MDXB (O)
25
19, 18
GPIO25 (I/O)
ECAP2 (I/O)
EQEP2B (I)
MDRB (I)
26
21, 20
GPIO26 (I/O)
ECAP3 (I/O)
EQEP2I (I/O)
MCLKXB (I/O)
27
23, 22
GPIO27 (I/O)
ECAP4 (I/O)
EQEP2S (I/O)
MFSXB (I/O)
28
25, 24
GPIO28 (I/O)
SCIRXDA (I)
XZCS6 (O)
29
27, 26
GPIO29 (I/O)
SCITXDA (O)
XA19 (O)
30
29, 28
GPIO30 (I/O)
CANRXA (I)
XA18 (O)
31
31, 30
GPIO31 (I/O)
CANTXA (O)
XA17 (O)
Peripherals
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
95
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Table 4-18. GPIO-B Mux Peripheral Selection Matrix
REGISTER BITS
GPBDIR
GPBDAT
GPBSET
GPBCLR
GPBTOGGLE
QUALPRD0
QUALPRD1
QUALPRD2
QUALPRD3
(1)
96
PERIPHERAL SELECTION
GPBMUX1
GPBQSEL1
GPIOx
GPBMUX1 = 0, 0
PER1
GPBMUX1 = 0, 1
PER2
GPBMUX1 = 1, 0
PER3
GPBMUX1 = 1, 1
0
1, 0
GPIO32 (I/O)
SDAA (I/OC) (1)
1
3, 2
EPWMSYNCI (I)
ADCSOCAO (O)
GPIO33 (I/O)
SCLA (I/OC) (1)
EPWMSYNCO (O)
2
ADCSOCBO (O)
5, 4
GPIO34 (I/O)
ECAP1 (I/O)
3
7, 6
GPIO35 (I/O)
SCITXDA (O)
XR/W (O)
4
9, 8
GPIO36 (I/O)
SCIRXDA (I)
XZCS0 (O)
5
11, 10
GPIO37 (I/O)
ECAP2 (I/O)
XZCS7 (O)
6
13, 12
GPIO38 (I/O)
XWE0 (O)
7
15, 14
GPIO39 (I/O)
XA16 (O)
8
17, 16
GPIO40 (I/O)
XA0 (O)
XA1 (O)
XREADY (I)
9
19, 18
GPIO41 (I/O)
10
21, 20
GPIO42 (I/O)
11
23, 22
GPIO43 (I/O)
12
25, 24
GPIO44 (I/O)
XA4 (O)
13
27, 26
GPIO45 (I/O)
XA5 (O)
14
29, 28
GPIO46 (I/O)
XA6 (O)
15
31, 30
GPIO47 (I/O)
XA7 (O)
GPBMUX2
GPBQSEL2
GPBMUX2 = 0, 0
GPBMUX2 = 0, 1
GPBMUX2 = 1, 0
GPBMUX2 = 1, 1
16
1, 0
GPIO48 (I/O)
ECAP5 (I/O)
XD31 (I/O)
SPISIMOD (I/O)
17
3, 2
GPIO49 (I/O)
ECAP6 (I/O)
XD30 (I/O)
SPISOMID (I/O)
18
5, 4
GPIO50 (I/O)
EQEP1A (I)
XD29 (I/O)
SPICLKD (I/O)
19
7, 6
GPIO51 (I/O)
EQEP1B (I)
XD28 (I/O)
SPISTED (I/O)
20
9, 8
GPIO52 (I/O)
EQEP1S (I/O)
XD27 (I/O)
Reserved
21
11, 10
GPIO53 (I/O)
EQEP1I (I/O)
XD26 (I/O)
Reserved
22
13, 12
GPIO54 (I/O)
SPISIMOA (I/O)
XD25 (I/O)
EQEP3A (I)
23
15, 14
GPIO55 (I/O)
SPISOMIA (I/O)
XD24 (I/O)
EQEP3B (I)
24
17, 16
GPIO56 (I/O)
SPICLKA (I/O)
XD23 (I/O)
EQEP3S (I/O)
25
19, 18
GPIO57 (I/O)
SPISTEA (I/O)
XD22 (I/O)
EQEP3I (I/O)
26
21, 20
GPIO58 (I/O)
MCLKRA (I/O)
XD21 (I/O)
EPWM7A (O)
27
23, 22
GPIO59 (I/O)
MFSRA (I/O)
XD20 (I/O)
EPWM7B (O)
28
25, 24
GPIO60 (I/O)
MCLKRB (I/O)
XD19 (I/O)
EPWM8A (O)
29
27, 26
GPIO61 (I/O)
MFSRB (I/O)
XD18 (I/O)
EPWM8B (O)
30
29, 28
GPIO62 (I/O)
SCIRXDC (I)
XD17 (I/O)
EPWM9A (O)
31
31, 30
GPIO63 (I/O)
SCITXDC (O)
XD16 (I/O)
EPWM9B (O)
XA2 (O)
Reserved
XA3 (O)
Open drain
Peripherals
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Table 4-19. GPIO-C Mux Peripheral Selection Matrix
REGISTER BITS
GPCDIR
GPCDAT
GPCSET
GPCCLR
GPCTOGGLE
no qual
no qual
no qual
PERIPHERAL SELECTION
GPCMUX1
GPIOx or PER1
GPCMUX1 = 0, 0 or 0, 1
PER2 or PER3
GPCMUX1 = 1, 0 or 1, 1
0
1, 0
GPIO64 (I/O)
XD15 (I/O)
1
3, 2
GPIO65 (I/O)
XD14 (I/O)
2
5, 4
GPIO66 (I/O)
XD13 (I/O)
3
7, 6
GPIO67 (I/O)
XD12 (I/O)
4
9, 8
GPIO68 (I/O)
XD11 (I/O)
5
11, 10
GPIO69 (I/O)
XD10 (I/O)
6
13, 12
GPIO70 (I/O)
XD9 (I/O)
7
15, 14
GPIO71 (I/O)
XD8 (I/O)
8
17, 16
GPIO72 (I/O)
XD7 (I/O)
9
19, 18
GPIO73 (I/O)
XD6 (I/O)
10
21, 20
GPIO74 (I/O)
XD5 (I/O)
11
23, 22
GPIO75 (I/O)
XD4 (I/O)
12
25, 24
GPIO76 (I/O)
XD3 (I/O)
13
27, 26
GPIO77 (I/O)
XD2 (I/O)
14
29, 28
GPIO78 (I/O)
XD1 (I/O)
15
31, 30
GPIO79 (I/O)
XD0 (I/O)
GPCMUX2
GPCMUX2 = 0, 0 or 0, 1
GPCMUX2 = 1, 0 or 1, 1
16
1, 0
GPIO80 (I/O)
XA8 (O)
17
3, 2
GPIO81 (I/O)
XA9 (O)
18
5, 4
GPIO82 (I/O)
XA10 (O)
19
7, 6
GPIO83 (I/O)
XA11 (O)
20
9, 8
GPIO84 (I/O)
XA12 (O)
21
11, 10
GPIO85 (I/O)
XA13 (O)
22
13, 12
GPIO86 (I/O)
XA14 (O)
23
15, 14
GPIO87 (I/O)
XA15 (O)
Peripherals
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
97
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
The user can select the type of input qualification for each GPIO pin via the GPxQSEL1/2 registers from
four choices:
• Synchronization To SYSCLKOUT Only (GPxQSEL1/2 = 0, 0): This is the default mode of all GPIO pins
at reset and it simply synchronizes the input signal to the system clock (SYSCLKOUT).
• Qualification Using Sampling Window (GPxQSEL1/2 = 0, 1 and 1, 0): In this mode the input signal,
after synchronization to the system clock (SYSCLKOUT), is qualified by a specified number of cycles
before the input is allowed to change.
Time Between Samples
GPyCTRL Reg
GPIOx
SYNC
Qualification
Input Signal
Qualified by
3 or 6 Samples
GPxQSEL
SYSCLKOUT
Number of Samples
Figure 4-17. Qualification Using Sampling Window
•
•
The sampling period is specified by the QUALPRD bits in the GPxCTRL register and is configurable in
groups of 8 signals. It specifies a multiple of SYSCLKOUT cycles for sampling the input signal. The
sampling window is either 3-samples or 6-samples wide and the output is only changed when ALL
samples are the same (all 0s or all 1s) as shown in Figure 4-17 (for 6-sample mode).
No Synchronization (GPxQSEL1/2 = 1,1): This mode is used for peripherals where synchronization is
not required (synchronization is performed within the peripheral).
Due to the multi-level multiplexing that is required on the device, there may be cases where a peripheral
input signal can be mapped to more then one GPIO pin. Also, when an input signal is not selected, the
input signal will default to either a 0 or 1 state, depending on the peripheral.
98
Peripherals
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
4.14 External Interface (XINTF)
This section gives a top-level view of the external interface (XINTF) that is implemented on the C2834x
devices.
The XINTF is a non-multiplexed asynchronous bus, similar to the 2812 XINTF. The XINTF is mapped into
three fixed zones shown in Figure 4-18.
Data Space
Prog Space
0x0000−0000
XD(31:0)
XA(19:0)
0x0000−4000
XINTF Zone 0
(8K x 16)
XZCS0
XINTF Zone 6
(1M x 16)
XZCS6
0x0000−5000
0x0010−0000
0x0020−0000
XZCS7
XINTF Zone 7
(1M x 16)
0x0030−0000
XWE1
XWE0
XRD
XR/W
XREADY
XHOLD
XHOLDA
XCLKOUT
Figure 4-18. External Interface Block Diagram
Figure 4-19 and Figure 4-20 show typical 16-bit and 32-bit data bus XINTF connections, illustrating how
the functionality of the XA0 and XWE1 signals change, depending on the configuration. Table 4-20 defines
XINTF configuration and control registers.
XINTF
External
wait-state
generator
16-bits
XREADY
XCLKOUT
XZCS0, XZCS6, XZCS7
CS
A(19:0)
XA(19:0)
X
XWE1
OE
XRD
WE
XWE0
D(15:0)
XD(15:0)
Figure 4-19. Typical 16-bit Data Bus XINTF Connections
Peripherals
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
99
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
XINTF
External
wait-state
generator
Low 16-bits
CS
A(18:0)
OE
WE
D(15:0)
XREADY
XCLKOUT
X
XA(0)
XA(19:1)
XRD
XWE0
XD(15:0)
High 16-bits
A(18:0)
XZCS0, XZCS6, XZCS7
CS
OE
WE
XWE1
D(31:16)
XD(31:16)
Figure 4-20. Typical 32-bit Data Bus XINTF Connections
Table 4-20. XINTF Configuration and Control Register Mapping
NAME
ADDRESS
SIZE (x16)
XTIMING0
0x00−0B20
2
XINTF Timing Register, Zone 0
XTIMING6 (1)
0x00−0B2C
2
XINTF Timing Register, Zone 6
XTIMING7
0x00−0B2E
2
XINTF Timing Register, Zone 7
XINTCNF2 (2)
0x00−0B34
2
XINTF Configuration Register
XBANK
0x00−0B38
1
XINTF Bank Control Register
XREVISION
0x00−0B3A
1
XINTF Revision Register
XRESET
0x00−0B3D
1
XINTF Reset Register
(1)
(2)
100
DESCRIPTION
XTIMING1 - XTIMING5 are reserved for future expansion and are not currently used.
XINTCNF1 is reserved and not currently used.
Peripherals
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
5
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Device Support
Texas Instruments (TI) offers an extensive line of development tools for the C28x™ generation of MCUs,
including tools to evaluate the performance of the processors, generate code, develop algorithm
implementations, and fully integrate and debug software and hardware modules.
The following products support development of 2834x-based applications:
Software Development Tools
• Code Composer Studio™ Integrated Development Environment (IDE)
– C/C++ Compiler
– Code generation tools
– Assembler/Linker
– Cycle Accurate Simulator
• Application algorithms
• Sample applications code
Hardware Development Tools
• Development board
• Evaluation modules
• JTAG-based emulators - SPI515, XDS510PP, XDS510PP Plus, XDS510USB
• Universal 5-V dc power supply
• Documentation and cables
5.1
Device and Development Support Tool Nomenclature
To designate the stages in the product development cycle, TI assigns prefixes to the part numbers of all
TMS320™ MCU devices and support tools. Each TMS320™ commercial family member has one of three
prefixes: TMX, TMP, or TMS (for example, TMS320C28345). Texas Instruments recommends two of three
possible prefix designators for its support tools: TMDX and TMDS. These prefixes represent evolutionary
stages of product development from engineering prototypes (TMX/TMDX) through fully qualified
production devices/tools (TMS/TMDS).
Device development evolutionary flow:
TMX
Experimental device that is not necessarily representative of the final device's electrical
specifications
TMP
Final silicon die that conforms to the device's electrical specifications but has not
completed quality and reliability verification
TMS
Fully qualified production device
Support tool development evolutionary flow:
TMDX Development-support product that has not yet completed Texas Instruments internal
qualification testing
TMDS Fully qualified development-support product
TMX and TMP devices and TMDX development-support tools are shipped against the following
disclaimer:
"Developmental product is intended for internal evaluation purposes."
TMS devices and TMDS development-support tools have been characterized fully, and the quality and
reliability of the device have been demonstrated fully. TI's standard warranty applies.
Device Support
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
101
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Predictions show that prototype devices (TMX or TMP) have a greater failure rate than the standard
production devices. Texas Instruments recommends that these devices not be used in any production
system because their expected end-use failure rate still is undefined. Only qualified production devices are
to be used.
TI device nomenclature also includes a suffix with the device family name. This suffix indicates the
package type (for example, ZFE) and temperature range (for example, T). Figure 5-1 provides a legend
for reading the complete device name for any family member.
TMS 320
C 28346
PREFIX
TMX = experimental device
TMP = prototype device
TMS = qualified device
DEVICE FAMILY
320 = TMS320 Device Family
TECHNOLOGY
C = Non-Flash (1.1/1.2-V Core/3.3-V I/O)
ZFE
T
TEMPERATURE RANGE
T = −40°C to 105°C
S = −40°C to 125°C
Q = −40°C to 125°C (Q100 qualification)
PACKAGE TYPE
ZFE = 256-ball Plastic BGA (lead-free)
ZHH = 179-ball Microstar BGA (lead-free)
BGA = Ball Grid Array
DEVICE
28346
28345
28344
28343
28342
28341
Figure 5-1. Example of C2834x Device Nomenclature
102
Device Support
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
5.2
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Documentation Support
Extensive documentation supports all of the TMS320™ DSP family generations of devices from product
announcement through applications development. The types of documentation available include: data
sheets and data manuals, with design specifications; and hardware and software applications.
Table 5-1 shows the peripheral reference guides appropriate for use with the devices in this data manual.
See the TMS320x28xx, 28xxx DSP Peripheral Reference Guide (literature number SPRU566) for more
information on types of peripherals.
Table 5-1. TMS320x2834x Delfino Peripheral Selection Guide
PERIPHERAL GUIDE
LITERATURE
NUMBER
TYPE (1)
28346, 28345,
28344, 28343,
28342, 28341
TMS320x2834x Delfino System Control and Interrupts
SPRUFN1
-
X
TMS320x2834x Delfino External Interface (XINTF)
SPRUFN4
1
X
TMS320x2834x Delfino Enhanced Controller Area Network (eCAN)
SPRUEU4
0
X
TMS320x2834x Delfino Multichannel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP)
SPRUG80
1
X
TMS320x2834x Delfino Serial Communications Interface (SCI)
SPRUG75
0
X
TMS320x2834x Delfino Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
SPRUG73
0
X
TMS320x2834x Delfino Boot ROM
SPRUFN5
-
X
TMS320x2834x Delfino Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse (eQEP) Module
SPRUG74
0
X
TMS320x2834x Delfino Enhanced Pulse Width Modulator (ePWM) Module
SPRUFZ6
0
X
TMS320x2834x Delfino Enhanced Capture (eCAP) Module
SPRUG79
0
X
TMS320x2834x Delfino Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Module
SPRUG76
0
X
TMS320x2834x Delfino High-Resolution Pulse-Width Modulator (HRPWM)
SPRUG77
0
X
TMS320x2834x Delfino Direct Memory Access (DMA) Module
SPRUG78
0
X
(1)
A type change represents a major functional feature difference in a peripheral module. Within a peripheral type, there may be minor
differences between devices that do not affect the basic functionality of the module. These device-specific differences are listed in the
TMS320x28xx, 28xxx DSP Peripheral Reference Guide (literature number SPRU566) and in the peripheral reference guides.
Useful reference documentation includes:
CPU User's Guides
SPRU430
TMS320C28x CPU and Instruction Set Reference Guide. This document describes the
central processing unit (CPU) and the assembly language instructions of the TMS320C28x
fixed-point digital signal processors (DSPs). It also describes emulation features available on
these DSPs.
SPRUEO2
TMS320C28x Floating Point Unit and Instruction Set Reference Guide. This document
describes the floating-point unit and includes the instructions for the FPU.
Peripheral Guides
SPRU566
TMS320x28xx, 28xxx DSP Peripheral Reference Guide. This document describes the
peripheral reference guides of the 28x digital signal processors (DSPs).
SPRUFN1
TMS320x2834x Delfino System Control and Interrupts Reference Guide. This document
describes the various interrupts and system control features of the x2834x microcontroller
(MCUs).
SPRUFN4
TMS320x2834x Delfino External Interface (XINTF) Reference Guide. This document
describes the XINTF, which is a nonmultiplexed asynchronous bus, as it is used on the
x2834x device.
Device Support
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
103
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
SPRUFN5
TMS320x2834x Delfino Boot ROM Reference Guide. This document describes the
purpose and features of the bootloader (factory-programmed boot-loading software) and
provides examples of code. It also describes other contents of the device on-chip boot ROM
and identifies where all of the information is located within that memory.
SPRUG80
TMS320x2834x Delfino Multichannel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP) Reference Guide.
This document describes the McBSP available on the x2834x devices. The McBSPs allow
direct interface between a microcontroller (MCU) and other devices in a system.
SPRUG78
TMS320x2834x Delfino Direct Memory Access (DMA) Reference Guide. This document
describes the DMA on the x2834x microcontroller (MCUs).
SPRUFZ6
TMS320x2834x Delfino Enhanced Pulse Width Modulator (ePWM) Module Reference
Guide. This document describes the main areas of the enhanced pulse width modulator that
include digital motor control, switch mode power supply control, UPS (uninterruptible power
supplies), and other forms of power conversion.
SPRUG77
TMS320x2834x Delfino High-Resolution Pulse Width Modulator (HRPWM) Reference
Guide. This document describes the operation of the high-resolution extension to the pulse
width modulator (HRPWM).
SPRUG79
TMS320x2834x Delfino Enhanced Capture (eCAP) Module Reference Guide. This
document describes the enhanced capture module. It includes the module description and
registers.
SPRUG74
TMS320x2834x Delfino Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse (eQEP) Module
Reference Guide. This document describes the eQEP module, which is used for interfacing
with a linear or rotary incremental encoder to get position, direction, and speed information
from a rotating machine in high performance motion and position control systems. It includes
the module description and registers.
SPRUEU4
TMS320x2834x Delfino Enhanced Controller Area Network (eCAN) Reference Guide.
This document describes the eCAN that uses established protocol to communicate serially
with other controllers in electrically noisy environments.
SPRUG75
TMS320x2834x Delfino Serial Communication Interface (SCI) Reference Guide. This
document describes the SCI, which is a two-wire asynchronous serial port, commonly known
as a UART. The SCI modules support digital communications between the CPU and other
asynchronous peripherals that use the standard non-return-to-zero (NRZ) format.
SPRUG73
TMS320x2834x Delfino Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Reference Guide. This
document describes the SPI - a high-speed synchronous serial input/output (I/O) port - that
allows a serial bit stream of programmed length (one to sixteen bits) to be shifted into and
out of the device at a programmed bit-transfer rate.
SPRUG76
TMS320x2834x Delfino Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Reference Guide. This document
describes the features and operation of the inter-integrated circuit (I2C) module.
Tools Guides
SPRU513
TMS320C28x Assembly Language Tools v5.0.0 User's Guide. This document describes
the assembly language tools (assembler and other tools used to develop assembly language
code), assembler directives, macros, common object file format, and symbolic debugging
directives for the TMS320C28x device.
SPRU514
104
Device Support
TMS320C28x Optimizing C/C++ Compiler v5.0.0 User's Guide. This document describes
the TMS320C28x™ C/C++ compiler. This compiler accepts ANSI standard C/C++ source
code and produces TMS320 DSP assembly language source code for the TMS320C28x
device.
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
SPRU608
TMS320C28x Instruction Set Simulator Technical Overview. This document describes
the simulator, available within the Code Composer Studio for TMS320C2000 IDE, that
simulates the instruction set of the C28x™ core.
SPRU625
TMS320C28x DSP/BIOS 5.32 Application Programming Interface (API) Reference
Guide. This document describes development using DSP/BIOS.
Application Reports and Software
Key Links Include:
1. C2000 Get Started - www.ti.com/c2000getstarted
2. C2000 Digital Motor Control Software Library - www.ti.com/c2000appsw
3. C2000 Digital Power Supply Software Library - www.ti.com/dpslib
4. DSP Power Management Reference Designs - www.ti.com/dsppower
SPRAAN9
C28x FPU Primer
provides an overview of the floating-point unit (FPU) in the TMS320F28335,
TMS320F28334, and TMS320F28332 Digital Signal Controller (DSC) devices.
SPRAAM0
Getting Started With TMS320C28x Digital Signal Controllers is organized by
development flow and functional areas to make your design effort as seamless as possible.
Tips on getting started with C28x™ DSP software and hardware development are provided
to aid in your initial design and debug efforts. Each section includes pointers to valuable
information including technical documentation, software, and tools for use in each phase of
design.
SPRA958
Running an Application from Internal Flash Memory on the TMS320F28xxx DSP covers
the requirements needed to properly configure application software for execution from onchip flash memory. Requirements for both DSP/BIOS™ and non-DSP/BIOS projects are
presented. Example code projects are included.
SPRAA85
Programming TMS320x28xx and 28xxx Peripherals in C/C++ explores a hardware
abstraction layer implementation to make C/C++ coding easier on 28x DSPs. This method is
compared to traditional #define macros and topics of code efficiency and special case
registers are also addressed.
SPRAA88
Using PWM Output as a Digital-to-Analog Converter on a TMS320F280x Digital Signal
Controller presents a method for utilizing the on-chip pulse width modulated (PWM) signal
generators on the TMS320F280x family of digital signal controllers as a digital-to-analog
converter (DAC).
SPRAA91
TMS320F280x Digital Signal Controller USB Connectivity Using the TUSB3410 USB-toUART Bridge Chip presents hardware connections as well as software preparation and
operation of the development system using a simple communication echo program.
SPRAAH1
Using the Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse (eQEP) Module in TMS320x280x,
28xxx as a Dedicated Capture provides a guide for the use of the eQEP module as a
dedicated capture unit and is applicable to the TMS320x280x, 28xxx family of processors.
SPRAAI1
Using the ePWM Module for 0% – 100% Duty Cycle Control provides a guide for the use
of the ePWM module to provide 0% to 100% duty cycle control and is applicable to the
TMS320x280x family of processors.
SPRAAD5
Power Line Communication for Lighting Applications Using Binary Phase Shift Keying
(BPSK) with a Single DSP Controller presents a complete implementation of a power line
modem following CEA-709 protocol using a single DSP.
SPRAB26
TMS320x2833x/2823x to TMS320x2834x Delfino Migration Overview. This application
report describes differences between the Texas Instruments TMS320x2833x/2823x and the
TMS320x2834x devices to assist in application migration.
Device Support
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
105
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
SPRA820
Online Stack Overflow Detection on the TMS320C28x DSP presents the methodology for
online stack overflow detection on the TMS320C28x™ DSP. C-source code is provided that
contains functions for implementing the overflow detection on both DSP/BIOS™ and nonDSP/BIOS applications.
SPRA806
An Easy Way of Creating a C-callable Assembly Function for the TMS320C28x DSP
provides instructions and suggestions to configure the C compiler to assist with
understanding of parameter-passing conventions and environments expected by the
C compiler.
A series of DSP textbooks is published by Prentice-Hall and John Wiley & Sons to support digital signal
processing research and education. The TMS320 DSP newsletter, Details on Signal Processing, is
published quarterly and distributed to update TMS320 DSP customers on product information.
Updated information on the TMS320 DSP controllers can be found on the worldwide web at:
http://www.ti.com.
To send comments regarding this data manual (literature number SPRS516), click on the Submit
Documentation Feedback link at the bottom of the page. For questions and support, contact the Product
Information Center listed at the http://www.ti.com/sc/docs/pic/home.htm site.
5.3
Community Resources
The following links connect to TI community resources. Linked contents are provided "AS IS" by the
respective contributors. They do not constitute TI specifications and do not necessarily reflect TI's views;
see TI's Terms of Use.
TI E2E Community TI's Engineer-to-Engineer (E2E) Community. Created to foster collaboration
among engineers. At e2e.ti.com, you can ask questions, share knowledge, explore ideas and
help solve problems with fellow engineers.
TI Embedded Processors Wiki Texas Instruments Embedded Processors Wiki. Established to help
developers get started with Embedded Processors from Texas Instruments and to foster
innovation and growth of general knowledge about the hardware and software surrounding
these devices.
106
Device Support
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
6
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Electrical Specifications
This section provides the absolute maximum ratings and the recommended operating conditions.
6.1
Absolute Maximum Ratings (1)
(2)
Supply voltage range, VDDIO
with respect to VSS
–0.3 V to 4.0 V
Supply voltage range, VDD
with respect to VSS
–0.3 V to 1.5 V
Supply voltage range, VDD18
with respect to VSS
–0.3 V to 2.4 V
Input voltage range, VIN (3.3 V)
–0.3 V to 4.0 V
Input voltage range, VIN (1.8 V)
–0.3 V to 2.4 V
Output voltage range, VO
–0.3 V to 4.0 V
Input clamp current, IIK (VIN < 0 or VIN > VDDIO)
(3)
Output clamp current, IOK (VO < 0 or VO > VDDIO)
Junction temperature range, TJ
(4)
Storage temperature range, Tstg
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(4)
±20 mA
±20 mA
–40°C to 150°C
–65°C to 150°C
Stresses beyond those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings
only, and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated under Section 6.2 is not implied.
Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
All voltage values are with respect to VSS, unless otherwise noted.
Continuous clamp current per pin is ±2 mA.
One or both of the following conditions may result in a reduction of overall device life:
• long-term high-temperature storage
• extended use at maximum temperature
For additional information, see IC Package Thermal Metrics Application Report (literature number SPRA953) and Reliability Data for
TMS320LF24xx and TMS320F28xx Devices Application Report (literature number SPRA963).
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
107
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
6.2
www.ti.com
Recommended Operating Conditions
MIN
NOM
MAX
UNIT
3.14
3.3
3.46
V
300-MHz devices
1.14
1.2
1.26
V
200-MHz devices
1.05
1.1
1.16
V
Device supply voltage, I/O, VDDIO
Device supply voltage CPU, VDD
Supply ground, VSS, VSSIO
0
Oscillator supply ground, VSSK
V
0
PLL/oscillator supply, VDD18
1.71
Device clock frequency (system clock),
fSYSCLKOUT
V
1.8
1.89
C28346/C28344/C28342
(VDD = 1.2 V ± 5%)
2
300
C28345/C28343/C28341
(VDD = 1.1 V ± 5%)
2
200
High-level input voltage, VIH (3.3 V)
2
VDDIO + 0.3
High-level input voltage, VIH (1.8 V)
0.7 * VDD18
Low-level input voltage, VIL (3.3 V)
Low-level input voltage, VIL (1.8 V)
V
0.3 * VDD18
V
All I/Os
–4
Low-level output sink current,
VOL = VOL MAX, IOL
All I/Os
4
(1)
6.3
V
0.8
High-level output source current,
VOH = 2.4 V, IOH
Junction temperature, TJ
MHz
V
VSS – 0.3
(1)
V
mA
mA
T version
–40
105
°C
S version
–40
125
°C
Q version
(Q100 Qualification)
–40
125
°C
TA (Ambient temperature) is product- and application-dependent and can go up to the specified TJ max of the device. See Section 6.5,
Thermal Design Considerations.
Electrical Characteristics
over recommended operating conditions (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
VOH
High-level output voltage
VOL
Low-level output voltage
IIL
IIH
Input current
(low level)
Input current
(high level)
Pin with pulldown
enabled
VDDIO = 3.3 V, VIN = 0 V
Pin with pullup
enabled
VDDIO = 3.3 V, VIN = VDDIO
Pin with pulldown
enabled
VDDIO = 3.3 V, VIN = VDDIO
CI
Input capacitance
Electrical Specifications
TYP
MAX
2.4
0.4
All I/Os (including XRS)
UNIT
V
VDDIO – 0.2
IOL = IOL MAX
VDDIO = 3.3 V, VIN = 0 V
Output current, pullup or
pulldown disabled
MIN
IOH = 50 μA
Pin with pullup
enabled
IOZ
108
TEST CONDITIONS
IOH = IOH MAX
–190
V
–130
μA
±15
±3
μA
100
175
VO = VDDIO or 0 V
±15
2
μA
pF
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
6.4
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Current Consumption
Table 6-1. TMS320C28346/C28344 (1) Current Consumption by Power-Supply Pins at 300-MHz
SYSCLKOUT
MODE
IDD
TEST CONDITIONS
IDDIO
(2)
IDD18
25°C
105°C
125°C
25°C
105°C
125°C
25°C
105°C
125°C
335 mA
555 mA
740 mA
75 mA
75 mA
80 mA
50 mA
47 mA
45 mA
The following peripheral clocks are
enabled:
Typical
Operational
•
ePWM1, ePWM2, ePWM3,
ePWM4, ePWM5, ePWM6,
ePWM7, ePWM8, ePWM9
•
eCAP1, eCAP2, eCAP3
•
eQEP1, eQEP2, eQEP3
•
eCAN-A
•
SCI-A, SCI-B (FIFO mode)
•
SPI-A (FIFO mode)
•
McBSP-A
•
I2C
•
XINTF
•
DMA
•
CPU-Timer 0, CPU-Timer 1,
CPU-Timer 2
All PWM pins are toggled at
300 kHz.
All I/O pins are left unconnected.
XCLKOUT is turned off. Pullups on
output pins and XINTF pins are
disabled. (3)
IDLE
XCLKOUT is turned off.
Peripheral clocks are off.
205 mA
425 mA
610 mA
15 mA
15 mA
18 mA
50 mA
47 mA
45 mA
STANDBY
Peripheral clocks are off.
140 mA
360 mA
545 mA
15 mA
15 mA
18 mA
50 mA
47 mA
45 mA
HALT
Peripheral clocks are off.
Input clock is disabled. (4)
135 mA
355 mA
540 mA
15 mA
15 mA
18 mA
550 μA
550 μA
550 μA
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
The IDD numbers in this table are valid for the TMS320C28346 and TMS320C28344 devices only. For the TMS320C28342 device,
subtract the IDD current numbers for those peripherals that do not exist on this device (see Table 6-3) from the IDD current numbers
shown in this table.
IDDIO current is dependent on the electrical loading on the I/O pins.
The following is done in a loop:
• Data is continuously transmitted out of the SCI-A, SCI-B, SPI-A, McBSP-A, and eCAN-A ports.
• Floating-point multiplication and addition are performed.
• 32-bit read/write of the XINTF is performed.
• DMA channels 1 and 2 transfer data from SARAM to SARAM.
• GPIO19 is toggled.
If a quartz crystal or ceramic resonator is used as the clock source, the HALT mode shuts down the internal oscillator.
NOTE
The IDD numbers in Table 6-1 are valid for the TMS320C28346 and TMS320C28344 devices
only. For the TMS320C28342 device, subtract the IDD current numbers for those peripherals
that do not exist on this device (see Table 6-3) from the IDD current numbers shown in
Table 6-1.
NOTE
The peripheral - I/O multiplexing implemented in the device prevents all available peripherals
from being used at the same time. This is because more than one peripheral function may
share an I/O pin. It is, however, possible to turn on the clocks to all the peripherals at the
same time, although such a configuration is not useful. If this is done, the current drawn by
the device will be more than the numbers specified in the current consumption tables.
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
109
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Table 6-2. TMS320C28345/C28343 (1) Current Consumption by Power-Supply Pins at 200-MHz
SYSCLKOUT
MODE
IDD
TEST CONDITIONS
IDDIO
(2)
IDD18
25°C
105°C
125°C
25°C
105°C
125°C
25°C
105°C
125°C
200 mA
380 mA
500 mA
45 mA
45 mA
45 mA
45 mA
43 mA
40 mA
The following peripheral clocks are
enabled:
Typical operation
•
ePWM1, ePWM2, ePWM3,
ePWM4, ePWM5, ePWM6,
ePWM7, ePWM8, ePWM9
•
eCAP1, eCAP2, eCAP3
•
eQEP1, eQEP2, eQEP3
•
eCAN-A
•
SCI-A, SCI-B (FIFO mode)
•
SPI-A (FIFO mode)
•
McBSP-A
•
I2C
•
XINTF
•
DMA
•
CPU-TImers 0, CPU-Timer 1,
CPU-Timer 2
All PWM pins are toggled at 200 kHz. All
I/O pins are left unconnected. XCLKOUT
is turned off. Pullups on output pins and
XINTF pins are disabled. (3)
IDLE
Peripheral clocks are off. XCLKOUT is
turned off.
95 mA
275 mA
395 mA
15 mA
15 mA
18 mA
45 mA
43 mA
40 mA
STANDBY
Peripheral clocks are off.
45 mA
225 mA
345 mA
15 mA
15 mA
18 mA
45 mA
43 mA
40 mA
HALT
Peripheral clocks are off. Input clock is
disabled. (4)
40 mA
220 mA
340 mA
15 mA
15 mA
18 mA
550 μA
550 μA
550 μA
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
The IDD numbers in this table are valid for the TMS320C28345 and TMS320C28343 devices only. For the TMS320C28341 device,
subtract the IDD current numbers for those peripherals that do not exist on this device (see Table 6-3) from the IDD current numbers
shown in this table.
IDDIO current is dependent on the electrical loading on the I/O pins.
The following is done in a loop:
• Data is continuously transmitted out of the SCI-A, SCI-B, SPI-A, McBSP-A, and eCAN-A ports.
• Floating-point multiplication and addition are performed.
• 32-bit read/write of the XINTF is performed.
• DMA channels 1 and 2 transfer data from SARAM to SARAM.
• GPIO19 is toggled.
If a quartz crystal or ceramic resonator is used as the clock source, the HALT mode shuts down the internal oscillator.
NOTE
The IDD numbers in Table 6-2 are valid for the TMS320C28345 and TMS320C28343 devices
only. For the TMS320C28341 device, subtract the IDD current numbers for those peripherals
that do not exist on this device (see Table 6-3) from the IDD current numbers shown in
Table 6-2.
110
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
6.4.1
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Reducing Current Consumption
Methods of reducing current consumption include the following:
• Turn off the clock to any peripheral module that is not used in a given application since each peripheral
unit has an individual clock-enable bit. Table 6-3 indicates the typical reduction in current consumption
achieved by turning off the clocks.
• Use any one of the three low-power modes to reduce current even further.
• Turn off XCLKOUT, reducing IDDIO current consumption by 15 mA (typical).
• Disable the pullups on pins that assume an output function and on XINTF pins for significant savings
in IDDIO.
NOTE
The TMS320C2834x devices are manufactured in a high-performance process node.
Compared to the previous generation of the C28x devices, this process has more leakage
current. Leakage current is significantly impacted by the operating temperature, and the
increase in current with temperature is non-linear. The total power for a given operating
condition includes switching/active power plus leakage power. Low-power HALT mode power
is due to the leakage current alone.
Figure 6-1 shows the typical leakage current across temperature.
Temperature (°C) Vs Leakage current (mA)
600
Leakage current (mA)
500
400
300
200
100
0
-20
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
Temperature (°C)
Figure 6-1. Temperature Versus Leakage Current (Typical)
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
111
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Table 6-3. Typical Current Consumption by Various
Peripherals (1)
(1)
(2)
112
Electrical Specifications
PERIPHERAL
MODULE
IDD CURRENT
REDUCTION (mA)
I2C
5
eQEP
5
ePWM
3
eCAP
1
SCI
4
SPI
4
eCAN
2
McBSP
8
CPU-Timer
1
XINTF
4 (2)
DMA
7
FPU
8
All peripheral clocks (except CPU timer clocks) are disabled upon
reset. Writing to or reading from peripheral registers is possible only
after the peripheral clocks are turned on.
Operating the XINTF bus has a significant effect on IDDIO current. It
will increase considerably based on the following:
• How many address/data pins toggle from one cycle to another
• How fast they toggle
• Whether 16-bit or 32-bit interface is used and
• The load on these pins.
• Whether internal pullups are enabled on the XINTF pins.
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
6.5
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Thermal Design Considerations
Based on the end application design and operational profile, the IDD and IDDIO currents could vary.
Systems that exceed the recommended maximum power dissipation in the end product may require
additional thermal enhancements. Ambient temperature (TA) varies with the end application and product
design. The critical factor that affects reliability and functionality is TJ, the junction temperature, not the
ambient temperature. Hence, care should be taken to keep TJ within the specified limits. Tcase should be
measured to estimate the operating junction temperature TJ. Tcase is normally measured at the center of
the package top-side surface. The thermal application reports IC Package Thermal Metrics (literature
number SPRA953) and Reliability Data for TMS320LF24xx and TMS320F28xx Devices (literature number
SPRA963) help to understand the thermal metrics and definitions.
6.6
Emulator Connection Without Signal Buffering for the MCU
Figure 6-2 shows the connection between the MCU and JTAG header for a single-processor configuration.
If the distance between the JTAG header and the MCU is greater than 6 inches, the emulation signals
must be buffered. If the distance is less than 6 inches, buffering is typically not needed. Figure 6-2 shows
the simpler, no-buffering situation. For the pullup/pulldown resistor values, see the pin description section.
For details on buffering JTAG signals and multiple processor connections, see TMS320F/C24x DSP
Controllers CPU and Instruction Set Reference Guide (literature number SPRU160).
6 inches or less
VDDIO
VDDIO
5
13
EMU0
EMU0
PD
14
EMU1
EMU1
4
2
TRST
TRST
GND
TMS
GND
TDI
GND
TDO
GND
TCK
GND
6
1
TMS
8
3
TDI
10
7
TDO
12
11
TCK
9
TCK_RET
MCU
JTAG Header
Figure 6-2. Emulator Connection Without Signal Buffering for the MCU
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
113
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
6.7
www.ti.com
Timing Parameter Symbology
Timing parameter symbols used are created in accordance with JEDEC Standard 100. To shorten the
symbols, some of the pin names and other related terminology have been abbreviated as follows:
6.7.1
Lowercase subscripts and their
meanings:
Letters and symbols and their
meanings:
a
access time
H
High
c
cycle time (period)
L
Low
d
delay time
V
Valid
f
fall time
X
Unknown, changing, or don't care
level
h
hold time
Z
High impedance
r
rise time
su
setup time
t
transition time
v
valid time
w
pulse duration (width)
General Notes on Timing Parameters
All output signals from the 28x devices (including XCLKOUT) are derived from an internal clock such that
all output transitions for a given half-cycle occur with a minimum of skewing relative to each other.
The signal combinations shown in the following timing diagrams may not necessarily represent actual
cycles. For actual cycle examples, see the appropriate cycle description section of this document.
6.7.2
Test Load Circuit
This test load circuit is used to measure all switching characteristics provided in this document.
Tester Pin Electronics
42 Ω
Data Sheet Timing Reference Point
Output
Under
Test
3.5 nH
Transmission Line
Z0 = 50 Ω(Α)
Device Pin(B)
4.0 pF
A.
B.
1.85 pF
Input requirements in this data sheet are tested with an input slew rate of < 4 Volts per nanosecond (4 V/ns) at the
device pin.
The data sheet provides timing at the device pin. For output timing analysis, the tester pin electronics and its
transmission line effects must be taken into account. A transmission line with a delay of 2 ns or longer can be used to
produce the desired transmission line effect. The transmission line is intended as a load only. It is not necessary to
add or subtract the transmission line delay (2 ns or longer) from the data sheet timing.
Figure 6-3. 3.3-V Test Load Circuit
114
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
6.7.3
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Device Clock Table
This section provides the timing requirements and switching characteristics for the various clock options
available. Table 6-4 through Table 6-5 list the cycle times of various clocks.
Table 6-4. Clocking and Nomenclature (300-MHz Devices)
MIN
On-chip oscillator clock (crystal/resonator–X1/X2)
PLL enabled
XCLKIN (1)
PLL disabled
PLL enabled
X1 (1)
PLL disabled
Frequency
tc(CI), Cycle time (C8)
Frequency
tc(CI), Cycle time (C8)
Frequency
tc(CI), Cycle time (C8)
Frequency
MAX
UNIT
125
ns
8
30
MHz
6.67
50
ns
MHz
2
150
6.67
250
ns
4
150
MHz
10
50
ns
2
100
MHz
10
250
ns
MHz
4
100
500
ns
2
300
MHz
13.3
2000
ns
Frequency
0.5
(2)
MHz
tc(HCO), Cycle time
25
40
MHz
150
MHz
75
ns
Frequency
tc(LCO), Cycle time
LSPCLK (4)
NOM
33.3
3.33
tc(XCO), Cycle time
HSPCLK/EXTADCCLK (3)
(3)
(4)
(5)
tc(CI), Cycle time (C8)
Frequency
XCLKOUT
(2)
Frequency
tc(SCO), Cycle time
SYSCLKOUT
(1)
tc(OSC), Cycle time
Frequency
6.67
13.3 (5)
75 (5)
ns
The input clock frequency and PLLCR[DIV] values should be chosen such that the output frequency of the PLL(VCOCLK) lies between
400 MHz to 600 MHz.
Although the maximum XCLKOUT frequency is 75 MHz, this value may not be attainable depending on SYSCLKOUT and available
prescalers.
This frequency is limited by GPIO switching characteristics.
Lower LSPCLK and HSPCLK will reduce device power consumption.
This is the value if SYSCLKOUT = 300 MHz.
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
115
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Table 6-5. Clocking and Nomenclature (200-MHz Devices)
MIN
On-chip oscillator clock (crystal/resonator–X1/X2)
PLL enabled
XCLKIN (1)
PLL disabled
PLL enabled
X1 (1)
PLL disabled
SYSCLKOUT
116
Frequency
tc(CI), Cycle time (C8)
Frequency
tc(CI), Cycle time (C8)
Frequency
MAX
UNIT
33.3
125
ns
8
30
MHz
6.67
50
ns
2
150
MHz
6.67
250
ns
4
150
MHz
10
50
ns
MHz
2
100
10
250
ns
Frequency
4
100
MHz
tc(SCO), Cycle time
5
500
ns
Frequency
2
200
MHz
13.3
2000
ns
0.5
75 (2)
MHz
40
MHz
tc(CI), Cycle time (C8)
tc(HCO), Cycle time
8
ns
Frequency
tc(LCO), Cycle time
LSPCLK (4)
(3)
(4)
(5)
tc(CI), Cycle time (C8)
Frequency
HSPCLK/EXTADCCLK (3)
(2)
Frequency
tc(XCO), Cycle time
XCLKOUT
(1)
tc(OSC), Cycle time
NOM
Frequency
10
20 (5)
50
(5)
ns
100
MHz
The input clock frequency and PLLCR[DIV] values should be chosen such that the output frequency of the PLL(VCOCLK) lies between
400 MHz to 600 MHz.
Although the maximum XCLKOUT frequency is 75 MHz, this value may not be attainable depending on SYSCLKOUT and available
prescalers.
This frequency is limited by GPIO switching characteristics.
Lower LSPCLK and HSPCLK will reduce device power consumption.
This is the value if SYSCLKOUT = 200 MHz.
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
6.8
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Clock Requirements and Characteristics
Table 6-6. XCLKIN/X1 Timing Requirements – PLL Enabled
NO.
MIN
C9
tf(CI)
Fall time, XCLKIN
C10
tr(CI)
Rise time, XCLKIN (1)
C11
tw(CIL)
Pulse duration, XCLKIN low as a percentage of tc(OSCCLK)
C12
tw(CIH)
Pulse duration, XCLKIN high as a percentage of tc(OSCCLK)
(1)
MAX
(1)
(1)
(1)
UNIT
4
ns
4
ns
40
60
%
40
60
%
MIN
MAX
This applies to the X1 pin also.
Table 6-7. XCLKIN/X1 Timing Requirements – PLL Disabled
NO.
C9
Fall time, XCLKIN (1)
tf(CI)
(1)
C10
tr(CI)
Rise time, XCLKIN
C11
tw(CIL)
Pulse duration, XCLKIN low as a percentage of tc(OSCCLK)
C12
tw(CIH)
Pulse duration, XCLKIN high as a percentage of tc(OSCCLK)
(1)
(1)
(1)
UNIT
2
ns
2
ns
45
55
%
45
55
%
This applies to the X1 pin also.
The possible configuration modes are shown in Table 3-14.
Table 6-8. XCLKOUT Switching Characteristics (PLL Bypassed or Enabled) (1)
NO.
(1)
(2)
(3)
PARAMETER
MIN
(2)
TYP
MAX
13.3
UNIT
C1
tc(XCO)
Cycle time, XCLKOUT
C3
tf(XCO)
Fall time, XCLKOUT
2
ns
ns
C4
tr(XCO)
Rise time, XCLKOUT
2
ns
C5
tw(XCOL)
Pulse duration, XCLKOUT low
H–2
H+2
C6
tw(XCOH)
Pulse duration, XCLKOUT high
H–2
H+2
tp
PLL lock time
2600 tc(OSCCLK)
(3)
ns
ns
cycles
A load of 40 pF is assumed for these parameters.
H = 0.5tc(XCO)
OSCCLK is either the output of the on-chip oscillator or the output from an external oscillator.
C10
C9
C8
XCLKIN(A)
C1
C6
C3
C4
C5
XCLKOUT(B)
A.
B.
The relationship of XCLKIN to XCLKOUT depends on the divide factor chosen. The waveform relationship shown is
intended to illustrate the timing parameters only and may differ based on actual configuration.
XCLKOUT configured to reflect SYSCLKOUT.
Figure 6-4. Clock Timing
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
117
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
6.9
www.ti.com
Power Sequencing
No special requirements are placed on the power up/down sequence of the various power pins to ensure
the correct reset state for all the modules. However, if the 3.3-V transistors in the level shifting output
buffers of the I/O pins are powered prior to the 1.1-V/1.2-V transistors, it is possible for the output buffers
to turn on, causing a glitch to occur on the pin during power up. To avoid this behavior, power the
VDD pins prior to or simultaneously with the VDDIO pins, ensuring that the VDD pins have reached 0.7-V
before the VDDIO pins reach 0.7 V. The 1.8-V rail for the PLL and oscillator logic can be powered up along
with VDD/VDDIO rails. The 1.8-V rail must be powered even if the PLL is not used. It should never be left
unpowered. In any configuration, all the rails should ramp up within tpup (5 ms, typical) to allow early
stability of clocks and IOs.
There is a requirement on the XRS pin:
• During power up, the XRS pin must be held low for tw(RSL1) after the input clock is stable. This is to
enable the entire device to start from a known condition.
No voltage larger than a diode drop (0.7 V) above VDDIO should be applied to any digital pin (for analog
pins, it is 0.7 V above VDDA) prior to powering up the device. Furthermore, VDDIO and VDDA should always
be within 0.3 V of each other. Voltages applied to pins on an unpowered device can bias internal P-N
junctions in unintended ways and produce unpredictable results.
118
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
6.9.1
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Power Management and Supervisory Circuit Solutions
Table 6-9 lists the power management and supervisory circuit solutions for the 2834x devices. LDO
selection depends on the total power consumed in the end application. Go to www.ti.com and click on
Power Management for a complete list of TI power ICs or select the Power Management Selection Guide
link for specific power reference designs.
Table 6-9. Power Management and Supervisory Circuit Solutions
TYPE
PART
DESCRIPTION
Texas Instruments
SUPPLIER
PMIC
TPS650061
3-channel power management IC with one DC/DC switcher, two low-dropout
(LDO) regulators (fixed at 3.3 V and 1.8 V), a spread spectrum clock (SSC), and
a supervisory circuit solution (SVS)
Texas Instruments
PMIC
TPS65001
3-channel power management IC with one DC/DC switcher, two externally
adjustable low-dropout (LDO) regulators, a spread spectrum clock (SSC), and a
supervisory circuit solution (SVS)
Texas Instruments
PMIC
TPS65053
5-channel power management IC with two step-down converters and three lowinput voltage LDOs
Texas Instruments
DC/DC
TPS62290
1-A step-down DC/DC converter in 2 x 2 SON package
Texas Instruments
DC/DC
TPS62260
2.25-MHz, 600-mA step-down DC/DC converter in 2 x 2 SON/TSOT23 package
Texas Instruments
DC/DC
TPS62240
2.25-MHz, 300-mA step-down DC/DC converter in 2 x 2 SON/TSOT23 package
Texas Instruments
DC/DC
TPS62420
Dual, adjustable, 600-mA and 1000-mA, 2.25-MHz step-down converter with 1Wire® Interface in QFN
Texas Instruments
DC/DC
TPS62404
2.25-MHz, 400-mA/600-mA dual step-down converter in small 3 x 3 mm QFN
package
Texas Instruments
LDO
TPS71718
Low-noise, high-bandwidth PSRR, low-dropout 150-mA linear regulator
Texas Instruments
LDO
TPS79601
Ultra low-noise, high PSRR, fast, RF, 1-A, low-dropout linear regulator
Texas Instruments
LDO
TPS73701
1-A low-dropout regulator with reverse current protection
Texas Instruments
LDO
TPS73433
250-mA, low-quiescent current, ultra-low noise, high PSRR, low-dropout linear
regulator
Texas Instruments
LDO
TPS71718
Low-noise, high-bandwidth PSRR, low-dropout 150-mA linear regulator
Texas Instruments
LDO
TPS72118
Low input voltage, cap-free 150-mA low-dropout regulators
Texas Instruments
SVS
TPS3808
Open-drain SVS with programmable delay
Texas Instruments
SVS
TPS3803
Low-cost open-drain SVS with 5-μS delay
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
119
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
VDDIO (3.3 V)
VDD18 (1.8 V)
VDD (1.2 V/1.1 V)
tpup
XCLKIN
X1/X2
OSCCLK/64 (A)
XCLKOUT
tOSCST
OSCCLK/16
User-Code Dependent
tw(RSL1)
XRS
Address/Data Valid. Internal Boot-ROM Code Execution Phase
Address/Data/
Control
(Internal)
td(EX)
th(boot-mode)(B)
Boot-Mode
Pins
User-Code Execution Phase
User-Code Dependent
GPIO Pins as Input
Peripheral/GPIO Function
Based on Boot Code
Boot-ROM Execution Starts
I/O Pins (C)
GPIO Pins as Input (State Depends on Internal PU/PD)
User-Code Dependent
A.
B.
C.
Upon power up, SYSCLKOUT is OSCCLK/8. Since the XTIMCLK, CLKMODE, and BY4CLKMODE bits in the
XINTFCNF2 register come up with a reset state of 1, SYSCLKOUT is further divided by 8 before it applies to
XCLKOUT. This explains why XCLKOUT = OSCCLK/64 during this phase. Subsequently, boot ROM changes
SYSCLKOUT to OSCLK/2. Because the XTIMCLK register is unchanged by the boot ROM, XCLKOUT is OSCCLK/16
during this phase.
After reset, the boot ROM code samples Boot Mode pins. Based on the status of the Boot Mode pin, the boot code
branches to destination memory or boot code function. If boot ROM code executes after power-on conditions (in
debugger environment), the boot code execution time is based on the current SYSCLKOUT speed. The SYSCLKOUT
will be based on user environment and could be with or without PLL enabled.
See Section 6.9 for requirements to ensure a high-impedance state for GPIO pins during power-up.
Figure 6-5. Power-on Reset
120
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Table 6-10. Reset (XRS) Timing Requirements
MIN
(1)
tw(RSL1)
Pulse duration, stable input clock to XRS high
tw(RSL2)
Pulse duration, XRS low
tw(WDRS)
Pulse duration, reset pulse generated by
watchdog
td(EX)
Delay time, address/data valid after XRS high
tOSCST
(2)
Hold time for boot-mode pins
tpup
Power-up time
MAX
UNIT
cycles
64tc(OSCCLK)
cycles
Oscillator start-up time
th(boot-mode)
(1)
(2)
Warm reset
NOM
64tc(OSCCLK)
512tc(OSCCLK)
cycles
32tc(OSCCLK)
cycles
1
10
200tc(OSCCLK)
ms
cycles
5
ms
In addition to the tw(RSL1) requirement, XRS has to be low until VDD has reached the minimum operating voltage.
Dependent on crystal/resonator and board design.
XCLKIN
X1/X2
OSCCLK/8
XCLKOUT
User-Code Dependent
OSCCLK * 5
tw(RSL2)
XRS
Address/Data/
Control
(Internal)
td(EX)
User-Code Execution
(Don’t Care)
Boot-ROM Execution Starts
Boot-Mode
Pins
Peripheral/GPIO Function
User-Code Execution Phase
GPIO Pins as Input
th(boot-mode)(A)
Peripheral/GPIO Function
User-Code Execution Starts
I/O Pins
User-Code Dependent
GPIO Pins as Input (State Depends on Internal PU/PD)
User-Code Dependent
A.
After reset, the Boot ROM code samples BOOT Mode pins. Based on the status of the Boot Mode pin, the boot code
branches to destination memory or boot code function. If Boot ROM code executes after power-on conditions (in
debugger environment), the Boot code execution time is based on the current SYSCLKOUT speed. The
SYSCLKOUT will be based on user environment and could be with or without PLL enabled.
Figure 6-6. Warm Reset
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
121
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Figure 6-7 shows an example for the effect of writing into PLLCR register. In the first phase, PLLCR =
0x0003 and SYSCLKOUT = OSCCLK x 2. The PLLCR is then written with 0x0007 (setting for
OSCCLK x 8). Right after the PLLCR register is written, the PLL lock-up phase begins. During this phase,
SYSCLKOUT = OSCCLK/2. After the PLL lock-up is complete (which takes 2600 OSCCLK cycles),
SYSCLKOUT reflects the new operating frequency, OSCCLK x 4.
OSCCLK
Write to PLLCR
SYSCLKOUT
OSCCLK * 2
OSCCLK/2
OSCCLK * 4
(Current CPU
Frequency)
(CPU Frequency While PLL is Stabilizing
With the Desired Frequency. This Period
(PLL Lock-up Time, tp) is
2600 OSCCLK Cycles Long.)
(Changed CPU Frequency)
Figure 6-7. Example of Effect of Writing Into PLLCR Register
6.10 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO)
6.10.1
GPIO - Output Timing
Table 6-11. General-Purpose Output Switching Characteristics
PARAMETER
MIN
MAX
UNIT
tr(GPO)
Rise time, GPIO switching low to high
All GPIOs
11
tf(GPO)
Fall time, GPIO switching high to low
All GPIOs
11
ns
ns
tfGPO
Toggling frequency, GPO pins
40
MHz
GPIO
tr(GPO)
tf(GPO)
Figure 6-8. General-Purpose Output Timing
122
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
6.10.2
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
GPIO - Input Timing
(A)
GPIO Signal
GPxQSELn = 1,0 (6 samples)
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
tw(SP)
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Sampling Period determined
by GPxCTRL[QUALPRD](B)
tw(IQSW)
(SYSCLKOUT cycle * 2 * QUALPRD) * 5(C))
Sampling Window
SYSCLKOUT
QUALPRD = 1
(SYSCLKOUT/2)
(D)
Output From
Qualifier
A.
B.
C.
D.
This glitch will be ignored by the input qualifier. The QUALPRD bit field specifies the qualification sampling period. It
can vary from 00 to 0xFF. If QUALPRD = 00, then the sampling period is 1 SYSCLKOUT cycle. For any other value
"n", the qualification sampling period in 2n SYSCLKOUT cycles (that is, at every 2n SYSCLKOUT cycles, the GPIO
pin will be sampled).
The qualification period selected via the GPxCTRL register applies to groups of 8 GPIO pins.
The qualification block can take either three or six samples. The GPxQSELn Register selects which sample mode is
used.
In the example shown, for the qualifier to detect the change, the input should be stable for 10 SYSCLKOUT cycles or
greater. In other words, the inputs should be stable for (5 x QUALPRD x 2) SYSCLKOUT cycles. This would ensure
5 sampling periods for detection to occur. Since external signals are driven asynchronously, an 13-SYSCLKOUT-wide
pulse ensures reliable recognition.
Figure 6-9. Sampling Mode
Table 6-12. General-Purpose Input Timing Requirements
MIN
tw(SP)
Sampling period
tw(IQSW)
Input qualifier sampling window
tw(GPI)
(1)
(2)
(2)
Pulse duration, GPIO low/high
MAX
UNIT
QUALPRD = 0
1tc(SCO)
cycles
QUALPRD ≠ 0
2tc(SCO) * QUALPRD
cycles
tw(SP) * (n (1) – 1)
cycles
2tc(SCO)
cycles
tw(IQSW) + tw(SP) + 1tc(SCO)
cycles
Synchronous mode
With input qualifier
"n" represents the number of qualification samples as defined by GPxQSELn register.
For tw(GPI), pulse width is measured from VIL to VIL for an active low signal and VIH to VIH for an active high signal.
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
123
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
6.10.3 Sampling Window Width for Input Signals
The following section summarizes the sampling window width for input signals for various input qualifier
configurations.
Sampling frequency denotes how often a signal is sampled with respect to SYSCLKOUT.
Sampling frequency = SYSCLKOUT/(2 * QUALPRD), if QUALPRD ≠ 0
Sampling frequency = SYSCLKOUT, if QUALPRD = 0
Sampling period = SYSCLKOUT cycle x 2 x QUALPRD, if QUALPRD ≠ 0
In the above equations, SYSCLKOUT cycle indicates the time period of SYSCLKOUT.
Sampling period = SYSCLKOUT cycle, if QUALPRD = 0
In a given sampling window, either 3 or 6 samples of the input signal are taken to determine the validity of
the signal. This is determined by the value written to GPxQSELn register.
Case 1:
Qualification using 3 samples
Sampling window width = (SYSCLKOUT cycle x 2 x QUALPRD) x 2, if QUALPRD ≠ 0
Sampling window width = (SYSCLKOUT cycle) x 2, if QUALPRD = 0
Case 2:
Qualification using 6 samples
Sampling window width = (SYSCLKOUT cycle x 2 x QUALPRD) x 5, if QUALPRD ≠ 0
Sampling window width = (SYSCLKOUT cycle) x 5, if QUALPRD = 0
SYSCLK
GPIOxn
tw(GPI)
Figure 6-10. General-Purpose Input Timing
124
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
6.10.4 Low-Power Mode Wakeup Timing
The wakeup signal fed to a GPIO pin to wake up the device must meet the minimum pulse width
requirement. Furthermore, this signal must be free of glitches. If a noisy signal is fed to a GPIO pin, the
wakeup behavior of the device will not be deterministic and the device may not exit low-power mode for
subsequent wakeup pulses.
Table 6-13 shows the timing requirements, Table 6-14 shows the switching characteristics, and Figure 611 shows the timing diagram for IDLE mode.
Table 6-13. IDLE Mode Timing Requirements (1)
MIN
Pulse duration, external wake-up
signal
tw(WAKE-INT)
(1)
Without input qualifier
NOM
MAX
2tc(SCO)
With input qualifier
UNIT
cycles
5tc(SCO) + tw(IQSW)
For an explanation of the input qualifier parameters, see Table 6-12.
Table 6-14. IDLE Mode Switching Characteristics (1)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
20tc(SCO)
cycles
Delay time, external wake signal to
program execution resume (2)
td(WAKE-IDLE)
•
Wake-up from SARAM
Without input qualifier
With input qualifier
(1)
(2)
20tc(SCO) + tw(IQSW)
For an explanation of the input qualifier parameters, see Table 6-12.
This is the time taken to begin execution of the instruction that immediately follows the IDLE instruction. execution of an ISR (triggered
by the wake up) signal involves additional latency.
td(WAKE−IDLE)
Address/Data
(internal)
XCLKOUT
tw(WAKE−INT)
WAKE
A.
INT(A)
WAKE INT can be any enabled interrupt, WDINT, XNMI, or XRS.
Figure 6-11. IDLE Entry and Exit Timing
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
125
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Table 6-15. STANDBY Mode Timing Requirements
tw(WAKE-INT)
(1)
Pulse duration, external
wake-up signal
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
Without input qualification
3tc(OSCCLK)
With input qualification (1)
NOM
MAX
UNIT
cycles
(2 + QUALSTDBY) * tc(OSCCLK)
QUALSTDBY is a 6-bit field in the LPMCR0 register.
Table 6-16. STANDBY Mode Switching Characteristics
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
td(IDLE-XCOL)
Delay time, IDLE instruction
executed to XCLKOUT low
td(WAKE-STBY)
Delay time, external wake
signal to program execution
resume (1)
MIN
TYP
32tc(SCO)
(1)
UNIT
45tc(SCO)
cycles
cycles
Without input qualifier
•
MAX
Wake up from SARAM
100tc(SCO)
With input qualifier
100tc(SCO) + tw(WAKE-INT)
cycles
This is the time taken to begin execution of the instruction that immediately follows the IDLE instruction. execution of an ISR (triggered
by the wake up signal) involves additional latency.
(A)
(C)
(B)
Device
Status
STANDBY
(E)
(D)
(F)
STANDBY
Normal Execution
Flushing Pipeline
Wake-up
Signal
tw(WAKE-INT)
td(WAKE-STBY)
X1/X2 or
X1 or
XCLKIN
XCLKOUT
td(IDLE−XCOL)
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
IDLE instruction is executed to put the device into STANDBY mode.
The PLL block responds to the STANDBY signal. SYSCLKOUT is held for 32 cycles before being turned off. This
delay enables the CPU pipeline and any other pending operations to flush properly. If an access to XINTF is in
progress and its access time is longer than this number then it will fail. It is recommended to enter STANDBY mode
from SARAM without an XINTF access in progress.
Clock to the peripherals are turned off. However, the PLL and watchdog are not shut down. The device is now in
STANDBY mode.
The external wake-up signal is driven active.
After a latency period, the STANDBY mode is exited.
Normal execution resumes. The device will respond to the interrupt (if enabled).
Figure 6-12. STANDBY Entry and Exit Timing Diagram
126
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Table 6-17. HALT Mode Timing Requirements
MIN
tw(WAKE-GPIO)
Pulse duration, GPIO wake-up signal
tw(WAKE-XRS)
Pulse duration, XRS wakeup signal
(1)
NOM
MAX
UNIT
(1)
cycles
toscst + 8tc(OSCCLK)
cycles
toscst + 2tc(OSCCLK)
See Table 6-10 for an explanation of toscst.
Table 6-18. HALT Mode Switching Characteristics
PARAMETER
MIN
td(IDLE-XCOL)
Delay time, IDLE instruction executed to
XCLKOUT low
tp
PLL lock-up time
td(WAKE-HALT)
Delay time, PLL lock to program execution resume
•
Wake up from SARAM
(A)
TYP
32tc(SCO)
(C)
HALT
Flushing Pipeline
UNIT
45tc(SCO)
cycles
2600tc(OSCCLK)
cycles
35tc(SCO)
cycles
(H)
(F)
(D)(E)
(B)
Device
Status
MAX
(G)
HALT
PLL Lock-up Time
Wake-up Latency
Normal
Execution
GPIOn
td(WAKE−HALT)
tw(WAKE-GPIO)
tp
X1/X2
or XCLKIN
Oscillator Start-up Time
XCLKOUT
td(IDLE−XCOL)
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
IDLE instruction is executed to put the device into HALT mode.
The PLL block responds to the HALT signal. SYSCLKOUT is held for 32 cycles before oscillator is turned off and the
CLKIN to the core is stopped. This delay enables the CPU pipeline and any other pending operations to flush
properly. If an access to XINTF is in progress and its access time is longer than this number then it will fail. It is
recommended to enter HALT mode from SARAM without an XINTF access in progress.
Clocks to the peripherals are turned off and the PLL is shut down. If a quartz crystal or ceramic resonator is used as
the clock source, the internal oscillator is shut down as well. The device is now in HALT mode and consumes
absolute minimum power.
When the GPIOn pin (used to bring the device out of HALT) is driven low, the oscillator is turned on and the oscillator
wake-up sequence is initiated. The GPIO pin should be driven high only after the oscillator has stabilized. This
enables the provision of a clean clock signal during the PLL lock sequence. Since the falling edge of the GPIO pin
asynchronously begins the wakeup process, care should be taken to maintain a low noise environment prior to
entering and during HALT mode.
The wake-up signal fed to a GPIO pin to wake up the device must meet the minimum pulse width requirement.
Furthermore, this signal must be free of glitches. If a noisy signal is fed to a GPIO pin, the wake-up behavior of the
device will not be deterministic and the device may not exit low-power mode for subsequent wake-up pulses.
Once the oscillator has stabilized, the PLL lock sequence is initiated, which takes 2,600 OSCCLK (X1/X2 or X1 or
XCLKIN) cycles.
Clocks to the core and peripherals are enabled. The HALT mode is now exited. The device will respond to the
interrupt (if enabled), after a latency.
Normal operation resumes.
Figure 6-13. HALT Wake-Up Using GPIOn
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
127
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
6.11 Enhanced Control Peripherals
6.11.1 Enhanced Pulse Width Modulator (ePWM) Timing
PWM refers to PWM outputs on ePWM1–6. Table 6-19 shows the PWM timing requirements and Table 620, switching characteristics.
Table 6-19. ePWM Timing Requirements (1)
TEST CONDITIONS
tw(SYCIN)
Sync input pulse width
MIN
Asynchronous
(1)
UNIT
cycles
2tc(SCO)
cycles
1tc(SCO) + tw(IQSW)
cycles
Synchronous
With input qualifier
MAX
2tc(SCO)
For an explanation of the input qualifier parameters, see Table 6-12.
Table 6-20. ePWM Switching Characteristics
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
tw(PWM)
Pulse duration, PWMx output high/low
tw(SYNCOUT)
Sync output pulse width
td(PWM)tza
Delay time, trip input active to PWM forced high
Delay time, trip input active to PWM forced low
td(TZ-PWM)HZ
Delay time, trip input active to PWM Hi-Z
MIN
MAX
20
ns
8tc(SCO)
no pin load
UNIT
cycles
25
ns
20
ns
6.11.2 Trip-Zone Input Timing
SYSCLK
tw(TZ)
(A)
TZ
td(TZ-PWM)HZ
(B)
PWM
A.
B.
TZ - TZ1, TZ2, TZ3, TZ4, TZ5, TZ6
PWM refers to all the PWM pins in the device. The state of the PWM pins after TZ is taken high depends on the PWM
recovery software.
Figure 6-14. PWM Hi-Z Characteristics
Table 6-21. Trip-Zone Input Timing Requirements (1)
MIN
tw(TZ)
Pulse duration, TZx input low
128
UNIT
Asynchronous
1tc(SCO)
cycles
Synchronous
2tc(SCO)
cycles
1tc(SCO) + tw(IQSW)
cycles
With input qualifier
(1)
MAX
For an explanation of the input qualifier parameters, see Table 6-12.
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
6.11.3 High-Resolution PWM Timing
Table 6-22 shows the high-resolution PWM switching characteristics.
Table 6-22. High-Resolution PWM Characteristics at SYSCLKOUT = (150–300 MHz)
MIN
Micro Edge Positioning (MEP) step size (1)
(1)
TYP
MAX
UNIT
VDD = 1.2 V
55
120
ps
VDD = 1.1 V
65
140
ps
Maximum MEP step size is based on worst-case process, maximum temperature and maximum voltage. MEP step size will increase
with low voltage and high temperature and decrease with voltage and cold temperature.
Applications that use the HRPWM feature should use MEP Scale Factor Optimizer (SFO) estimation software functions. See the TI
software libraries for details of using SFO function in end applications. SFO functions help to estimate the number of MEP steps per
SYSCLKOUT period dynamically while the HRPWM is in operation.
6.11.4 Enhanced Capture (eCAP) Timing
Table 6-23 shows the eCAP timing requirement and Table 6-24 shows the eCAP switching characteristics.
Table 6-23. Enhanced Capture (eCAP) Timing Requirement (1)
TEST CONDITIONS
tw(CAP)
Capture input pulse width
Asynchronous
Synchronous
With input qualifier
(1)
MIN
MAX
UNIT
2tc(SCO)
cycles
2tc(SCO)
cycles
1tc(SCO) + tw(IQSW)
cycles
For an explanation of the input qualifier parameters, see Table 6-12.
Table 6-24. eCAP Switching Characteristics
PARAMETER
tw(APWM)
Pulse duration, APWMx output high/low
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
MAX
20
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
UNIT
ns
129
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
6.11.5 Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse (eQEP) Timing
Table 6-25 shows the eQEP timing requirement and Table 6-26 shows the eQEP switching
characteristics.
Table 6-25. Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse (eQEP) Timing Requirements (1)
TEST CONDITIONS
tw(QEPP)
With input qualifier
tw(INDEXH)
QEP Index Input High time
tw(INDEXL)
QEP Index Input Low time
tw(STROBH)
QEP Strobe High time
QEP Strobe Input Low time
cycles
2tc(SCO)
cycles
2tc(SCO) + tw(IQSW)
cycles
2tc(SCO)
cycles
2tc(SCO) + tw(IQSW)
cycles
2tc(SCO)
cycles
2tc(SCO) + tw(IQSW)
cycles
2tc(SCO)
cycles
2tc(SCO) + tw(IQSW)
cycles
Asynchronous (2)/synchronous
Asynchronous (2)/synchronous
With input qualifier
(1)
(2)
2[1tc(SCO) + tw(IQSW)]
Asynchronous (2)/synchronous
With input qualifier
UNIT
cycles
Asynchronous /synchronous
With input qualifier
MAX
2tc(SCO)
(2)
With input qualifier
tw(STROBL)
MIN
Asynchronous (2)/synchronous
QEP input period
For an explanation of the input qualifier parameters, see Table 6-12.
Refer to the TMS320C2834x Delfino MCU Silicon Errata (literature number SPRZ267) for limitations in the asynchronous mode.
Table 6-26. eQEP Switching Characteristics
MAX
UNIT
td(CNTR)xin
Delay time, external clock to counter increment
PARAMETER
4tc(SCO)
cycles
td(PCS-OUT)QEP
Delay time, QEP input edge to position compare sync
output
6tc(SCO)
cycles
130
Electrical Specifications
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
6.11.6 ADC Start-of-Conversion Timing
Table 6-27. External ADC Start-of-Conversion Switching Characteristics
PARAMETER
tw(ADCSOCL)
MIN
Pulse duration, ADCSOCxO low
MAX
32tc(HCO )
UNIT
cycles
tw(ADCSOCL)
ADCSOCAO
or
ADCSOCBO
Figure 6-15. ADCSOCAO or ADCSOCBO Timing
6.12 External Interrupt Timing
tw(INT)
XNMI, XINT1, XINT2
td(INT)
Address bus
(internal)
Interrupt Vector
Figure 6-16. External Interrupt Timing
Table 6-28. External Interrupt Timing Requirements (1)
TEST CONDITIONS
tw(INT)
(1)
(2)
(2)
Pulse duration, INT input low/high
MIN
MAX
UNIT
Synchronous
1tc(SCO)
cycles
With qualifier
1tc(SCO) + tw(IQSW)
cycles
For an explanation of the input qualifier parameters, see Table 6-12.
This timing is applicable to any GPIO pin configured for ADCSOC functionality.
Table 6-29. External Interrupt Switching Characteristics (1)
PARAMETER
td(INT)
(1)
Delay time, INT low/high to interrupt-vector fetch
MIN
MAX
UNIT
tw(IQSW) + 12tc(SCO)
cycles
For an explanation of the input qualifier parameters, see Table 6-12.
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
131
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
6.13 I2C Electrical Specification and Timing
Table 6-30. I2C Timing
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
I2C clock module frequency is between
7 MHz and 12 MHz and I2C prescaler and
clock divider registers are configured
appropriately
MAX
UNIT
400
kHz
fSCL
SCL clock frequency
vil
Low level input voltage
Vih
High level input voltage
Vhys
Input hysteresis
Vol
Low level output voltage
3-mA sink current
tLOW
Low period of SCL clock
I2C clock module frequency is between
7 MHz and 12 MHz and I2C prescaler and
clock divider registers are configured
appropriately
1.3
μs
tHIGH
High period of SCL clock
I2C clock module frequency is between
7 MHz and 12 MHz and I2C prescaler and
clock divider registers are configured
appropriately
0.6
μs
lI
Input current with an input voltage
between 0.1 VDDIO and 0.9 VDDIO MAX
0.3 VDDIO
0.7 VDDIO
V
0.05 VDDIO
0
–10
V
V
0.4
10
V
μA
6.14 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Timing
This section contains both Master Mode and Slave Mode timing data.
6.14.1 Master Mode Timing
Table 6-31 lists the master mode timing (clock phase = 0) and Table 6-32 lists the timing (clock
phase = 1). Figure 6-17 and Figure 6-18 show the timing waveforms.
132
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Table 6-31. SPI Master Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 0) (1)
SPI WHEN (SPIBRR + 1) IS EVEN OR
SPIBRR = 0 OR 2
NO.
UNIT
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
4tc(LCO)
128tc(LCO)
5tc(LCO)
127tc(LCO)
ns
ns
tc(SPC)M
Cycle time, SPICLK
2
tw(SPCH)M
Pulse duration, SPICLK high
(clock polarity = 0)
0.5tc(SPC)M – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M
0.5tc(SPC)M – 0.5tc(LCO) – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M – 0.5tc(LCO)
tw(SPCL)M
Pulse duration, SPICLK low
(clock polarity = 1)
0.5tc(SPC)M – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M
0.5tc(SPC)M – 0.5tc(LCO) – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M – 0.5tc(LCO)
tw(SPCL)M
Pulse duration, SPICLK low
(clock polarity = 0)
0.5tc(SPC)M – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M
0.5tc(SPC)M + 0.5tc(LCO) – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M + 0.5tc(LCO)
tw(SPCH)M
Pulse duration, SPICLK high
(clock polarity = 1)
0.5tc(SPC)M – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M
0.5tc(SPC)M + 0.5tc(LCO) – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M + 0.5tc(LCO)
td(SPCH-SIMO)M
Delay time, SPICLK high to SPISIMO
valid (clock polarity = 0)
10
10
td(SPCL-SIMO)M
Delay time, SPICLK low to SPISIMO
valid (clock polarity = 1)
10
10
tv(SPCL-SIMO)M
Valid time, SPISIMO data valid after
SPICLK low (clock polarity = 0)
0.5tc(SPC)M – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M + 0.5tc(LCO) – 10
tv(SPCH-SIMO)M
Valid time, SPISIMO data valid after
SPICLK high (clock polarity = 1)
0.5tc(SPC)M – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M + 0.5tc(LCO) – 10
tsu(SOMI-SPCL)M
Setup time, SPISOMI before SPICLK
low (clock polarity = 0)
20
20
tsu(SOMI-SPCH)M
Setup time, SPISOMI before SPICLK
high (clock polarity = 1)
20
20
tv(SPCL-SOMI)M
Valid time, SPISOMI data valid after
SPICLK low (clock polarity = 0)
0.25tc(SPC)M – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M – 0.5tc(LCO) – 10
tv(SPCH-SOMI)M
Valid time, SPISOMI data valid after
SPICLK high (clock polarity = 1)
0.25tc(SPC)M – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M – 0.5tc(LCO) – 10
4
5
8
9
(5)
SPI WHEN (SPIBRR + 1) IS ODD
AND SPIBRR > 3
1
3
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(2) (3) (4) (5)
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
The MASTER / SLAVE bit (SPICTL.2) is set and the CLOCK PHASE bit (SPICTL.3) is cleared.
tc(SPC) = SPI clock cycle time = LSPCLK/4 or LSPCLK/(SPIBRR +1)
tc(LCO) = LSPCLK cycle time
Internal clock prescalers must be adjusted such that the SPI clock speed is limited to the following SPI clock rate:
Master mode transmit 25-MHz MAX, master mode receive 12.5-MHz MAX
Slave mode transmit 20-MHz MAX, slave mode receive 20-MHz MAX.
The active edge of the SPICLK signal referenced is controlled by the clock polarity bit (SPICCR.6).
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Electrical Specifications
133
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
1
SPICLK
(clock polarity = 0)
2
3
SPICLK
(clock polarity = 1)
4
5
SPISIMO
Master Out Data Is Valid
8
9
SPISOMI
Master In Data
Must Be Valid
SPISTE(A)
A.
In the master mode, SPISTE goes active 1tc(SPC) (minimum) before valid SPI clock edge. On the trailing end
of the word, the SPISTE will go inactive 1tc(SPC) after the receiving edge (SPICLK) of the last data bit, except
that SPISTE stays active between back-to-back transmit words in both FIFO and non-FIFO modes.
Figure 6-17. SPI Master Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 0)
134
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Table 6-32. SPI Master Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 1) (1)
SPI WHEN (SPIBRR + 1) IS EVEN OR
SPIBRR = 0 OR 2
NO.
UNIT
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
4tc(LCO)
128tc(LCO)
5tc(LCO)
127tc(LCO)
ns
ns
tc(SPC)M
Cycle time, SPICLK
2
tw(SPCH)M
Pulse duration, SPICLK high
(clock polarity = 0)
0.5tc(SPC)M – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M
0.5tc(SPC)M – 0.5tc(LCO) – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M – 0.5tc(LCO)
tw(SPCL))M
Pulse duration, SPICLK low
(clock polarity = 1)
0.5tc(SPC)M – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M
0.5tc(SPC)M – 0.5tc(LCO) – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M – 0.5tc(LCO)
tw(SPCL)M
Pulse duration, SPICLK low
(clock polarity = 0)
0.5tc(SPC)M – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M
0.5tc(SPC)M + 0.5tc(LCO) – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M + 0.5tc(LCO)
tw(SPCH)M
Pulse duration, SPICLK high
(clock polarity = 1)
0.5tc(SPC)M – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M
0.5tc(SPC)M + 0.5tc(LCO) – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M + 0.5tc(LCO)
tsu(SIMO-SPCH)M
Setup time, SPISIMO data valid before
SPICLK high (clock polarity = 0)
0.5tc(SPC)M – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M – 10
tsu(SIMO-SPCL)M
Setup time, SPISIMO data valid before
SPICLK low (clock polarity = 1)
0.5tc(SPC)M – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M – 10
tv(SPCH-SIMO)M
Valid time, SPISIMO data valid after
SPICLK high (clock polarity = 0)
0.5tc(SPC)M – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M – 10
tv(SPCL-SIMO)M
Valid time, SPISIMO data valid after
SPICLK low (clock polarity = 1)
0.5tc(SPC)M – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M – 10
tsu(SOMI-SPCH)M
Setup time, SPISOMI before SPICLK high
(clock polarity = 0)
20
20
tsu(SOMI-SPCL)M
Setup time, SPISOMI before SPICLK low
(clock polarity = 1)
20
20
tv(SPCH-SOMI)M
Valid time, SPISOMI data valid after
SPICLK high (clock polarity = 0)
0.25tc(SPC)M – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M – 10
tv(SPCL-SOMI)M
Valid time, SPISOMI data valid after
SPICLK low (clock polarity = 1)
0.25tc(SPC)M – 10
0.5tc(SPC)M – 10
6
7
10
11
(4)
(5)
SPI WHEN (SPIBRR + 1) IS ODD
AND SPIBRR > 3
1
3
(1)
(2)
(3)
(2) (3) (4) (5)
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
The MASTER/SLAVE bit (SPICTL.2) is set and the CLOCK PHASE bit (SPICTL.3) is set.
tc(SPC) = SPI clock cycle time = LSPCLK/4 or LSPCLK/(SPIBRR + 1)
Internal clock prescalers must be adjusted such that the SPI clock speed is limited to the following SPI clock rate:
Master mode transmit 25-MHz MAX, master mode receive 12.5 MHz MAX
Slave mode transmit 20-MHz MAX, slave mode receive 20 MHz MAX.
tc(LCO) = LSPCLK cycle time
The active edge of the SPICLK signal referenced is controlled by the CLOCK POLARITY bit (SPICCR.6).
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Electrical Specifications
135
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
1
SPICLK
(clock polarity = 0)
2
3
SPICLK
(clock polarity = 1)
6
7
SPISIMO
Master Out Data Is Valid
Data Valid
10
11
SPISOMI
Master In Data Must
Be Valid
SPISTE(A)
B.
In the master mode, SPISTE goes active 1tc(SPC) (minimum) before valid SPI clock edge. On the trailing end
of the word, the SPISTE will go inactive 1tc(SPC) after the receiving edge (SPICLK) of the last data bit, except
that SPISTE stays active between back-to-back transmit words in both FIFO and non-FIFO modes.
Figure 6-18. SPI Master Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 1)
136
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
6.14.2 SPI Slave Mode Timing
Table 6-33 lists the slave mode external timing (clock phase = 0) and Table 6-34 (clock phase = 1).
Figure 6-19 and Figure 6-20 show the timing waveforms.
Table 6-33. SPI Slave Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 0) (1)
NO.
(2) (3) (4) (5)
MIN
MAX
12
tc(SPC)S
Cycle time, SPICLK
13
tw(SPCH)S
Pulse duration, SPICLK high (clock polarity = 0)
0.5tc(SPC)S – 10
0.5tc(SPC)S
tw(SPCL)S
Pulse duration, SPICLK low (clock polarity = 1)
0.5tc(SPC)S – 10
0.5tc(SPC)S
tw(SPCL)S
Pulse duration, SPICLK low (clock polarity = 0)
0.5tc(SPC)S – 10
0.5tc(SPC)S
tw(SPCH)S
Pulse duration, SPICLK high (clock polarity = 1)
0.5tc(SPC)S – 10
0.5tc(SPC)S
td(SPCH-SOMI)S
Delay time, SPICLK high to SPISOMI valid (clock polarity = 0)
td(SPCL-SOMI)S
Delay time, SPICLK low to SPISOMI valid (clock polarity = 1)
tv(SPCL-SOMI)S
Valid time, SPISOMI data valid after SPICLK low
(clock polarity = 0)
0.75tc(SPC)S
tv(SPCH-SOMI)S
Valid time, SPISOMI data valid after SPICLK high
(clock polarity = 1)
0.75tc(SPC)S
tsu(SIMO-SPCL)S
Setup time, SPISIMO before SPICLK low (clock polarity = 0)
20
tsu(SIMO-SPCH)S
Setup time, SPISIMO before SPICLK high (clock polarity = 1)
20
tv(SPCL-SIMO)S
Valid time, SPISIMO data valid after SPICLK low
(clock polarity = 0)
0.5tc(SPC)S – 10
tv(SPCH-SIMO)S
Valid time, SPISIMO data valid after SPICLK high
(clock polarity = 1)
0.5tc(SPC)S – 10
14
15
16
19
20
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
4tc(LCO)
UNIT
ns
20
ns
ns
ns
20
ns
ns
ns
The MASTER / SLAVE bit (SPICTL.2) is cleared and the CLOCK PHASE bit (SPICTL.3) is cleared.
tc(SPC) = SPI clock cycle time = LSPCLK/4 or LSPCLK/(SPIBRR + 1)
Internal clock prescalers must be adjusted such that the SPI clock speed is limited to the following SPI clock rate:
Master mode transmit 25-MHz MAX, master mode receive 12.5-MHz MAX
Slave mode transmit 20-MHz MAX, slave mode receive 20-MHz MAX.
tc(LCO) = LSPCLK cycle time
The active edge of the SPICLK signal referenced is controlled by the CLOCK POLARITY bit (SPICCR.6).
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
137
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
12
SPICLK
(clock polarity = 0)
13
14
SPICLK
(clock polarity = 1)
15
16
SPISOMI
SPISOMI Data Is Valid
19
20
SPISIMO
SPISIMO Data
Must Be Valid
SPISTE(A)
C.
In the slave mode, the SPISTE signal should be asserted low at least 1tc(SPC) (minimum) before the valid SPI clock
edge and remain low for at least 1tc(SPC) after the receiving edge (SPICLK) of the last data bit.
Figure 6-19. SPI Slave Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 0)
138
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Table 6-34. SPI Slave Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 1) (1)
NO.
(2) (3) (4)
MIN
MAX
12
tc(SPC)S
Cycle time, SPICLK
13
tw(SPCH)S
Pulse duration, SPICLK high (clock polarity = 0)
0.5tc(SPC)S – 10
0.5tc(SPC)S
tw(SPCL)S
Pulse duration, SPICLK low (clock polarity = 1)
0.5tc(SPC)S – 10
0.5tc(SPC)S
tw(SPCL)S
Pulse duration, SPICLK low (clock polarity = 0)
0.5tc(SPC)S – 10
0.5tc(SPC)S
tw(SPCH)S
Pulse duration, SPICLK high (clock polarity = 1)
0.5tc(SPC)S – 10
0.5tc(SPC)S
tsu(SOMI-SPCH)S
Setup time, SPISOMI before SPICLK high (clock polarity = 0)
0.125tc(SPC)S
tsu(SOMI-SPCL)S
Setup time, SPISOMI before SPICLK low (clock polarity = 1)
0.125tc(SPC)S
tv(SPCL-SOMI)S
Valid time, SPISOMI data valid after SPICLK low
(clock polarity = 1)
0.75tc(SPC)S
tv(SPCH-SOMI)S
Valid time, SPISOMI data valid after SPICLK high
(clock polarity = 0)
0.75tc(SPC)S
tsu(SIMO-SPCH)S
Setup time, SPISIMO before SPICLK high (clock polarity = 0)
20
tsu(SIMO-SPCL)S
Setup time, SPISIMO before SPICLK low (clock polarity = 1)
20
tv(SPCH-SIMO)S
Valid time, SPISIMO data valid after SPICLK high
(clock polarity = 0)
0.5tc(SPC)S – 10
tv(SPCL-SIMO)S
Valid time, SPISIMO data valid after SPICLK low
(clock polarity = 1)
0.5tc(SPC)S – 10
14
17
18
21
22
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
8tc(LCO)
UNIT
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
The MASTER / SLAVE bit (SPICTL.2) is cleared and the CLOCK PHASE bit (SPICTL.3) is cleared.
tc(SPC) = SPI clock cycle time = LSPCLK/4 or LSPCLK/(SPIBRR + 1)
Internal clock prescalers must be adjusted such that the SPI clock speed is limited to the following SPI clock rate:
Master mode transmit 25-MHz MAX, master mode receive 12.5-MHz MAX
Slave mode transmit 20-MHz MAX, slave mode receive 20-MHz MAX.
The active edge of the SPICLK signal referenced is controlled by the CLOCK POLARITY bit (SPICCR.6).
12
SPICLK
(clock polarity = 0)
13
14
SPICLK
(clock polarity = 1)
17
18
SPISOMI
Data Valid
SPISOMI Data Is Valid
21
22
SPISIMO
SPISIMO Data
Must Be Valid
SPISTE(A)
A.
In the slave mode, the SPISTE signal should be asserted low at least 1tc(SPC) before the valid SPI clock edge and
remain low for at least 1tc(SPC) after the receiving edge (SPICLK) of the last data bit.
Figure 6-20. SPI Slave Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 1)
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
139
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
6.15 External Interface (XINTF) Timing
Each XINTF access consists of three parts: Lead, Active, and Trail. The user configures the
Lead/Active/Trail wait states in the XTIMING registers. There is one XTIMING register for each XINTF
zone. Table 6-35 shows the relationship between the parameters configured in the XTIMING register and
the duration of the pulse in terms of XTIMCLK cycles.
Table 6-35. Relationship Between Parameters Configured in XTIMING and Duration of Pulse
DURATION (ns) (1)
DESCRIPTION
(2)
X2TIMING = 0
X2TIMING = 1
LR
Lead period, read access
XRDLEAD × tc(XTIM)
(XRDLEAD × 2) × tc(XTIM)
AR
Active period, read access
(XRDACTIVE + WS + 1) × tc(XTIM)
(XRDACTIVE × 2 + WS + 1) × tc(XTIM)
TR
Trail period, read access
XRDTRAIL × tc(XTIM)
(XRDTRAIL × 2) × tc(XTIM)
LW
Lead period, write access
XWRLEAD × tc(XTIM)
(XWRLEAD × 2) × tc(XTIM)
AW
Active period, write access
(XWRACTIVE + WS + 1) × tc(XTIM)
(XWRACTIVE × 2 + WS + 1) × tc(XTIM)
XWRTRAIL × tc(XTIM)
(XWRTRAIL × 2) × tc(XTIM)
TW
(1)
(2)
Trail period, write access
tc(XTIM) − Cycle time, XTIMCLK
WS refers to the number of wait states inserted by hardware when using XREADY. If the zone is configured to ignore XREADY
(USEREADY = 0), then WS = 0.
Minimum wait state requirements must be met when configuring each zone’s XTIMING register. These
requirements are in addition to any timing requirements as specified by that device’s data sheet. No
internal device hardware is included to detect illegal settings.
6.15.1 USEREADY = 0
If the XREADY signal is ignored (USEREADY = 0), then:
LR ≥ 2 × tc(XTIM)
Lead:
LW ≥ 3 × tc(XTIM)
AR ≥ 6 × tc(XTIM)
Active:
AW ≥ 1 × tc(XTIM)
TW ≥ 3 × tc(XTIM)
Trail:
These requirements result in the following XTIMING register configuration restrictions:
(1)
(2)
XRDLEAD
XRDACTIVE
XRDTRAIL
XWRLEAD
XWRACTIVE
XWRTRAIL
X2TIMING
≥2
≥5
≥0
≥ 3 (1)
≥1
≥ 3 (1)
0 (2)
Lead and trail write must be at least 7.5 ns.
If X2TIMCLK is enabled, specified Lead, Active, and Trail restrictions can be divided by 2 for values with even numbers.
Examples of valid and invalid timing when not sampling XREADY:
Invalid
(1)
Valid (2)
(1)
(2)
(3)
140
XRDLEAD
XRDACTIVE
XRDTRAIL
XWRLEAD
XWRACTIVE
XWRTRAIL
X2TIMING
0
0
0
0
0
0
0, 1
2
5
0
3
1
3
0 (3)
No hardware to detect illegal XTIMING configurations
Based on 300-MHz system clock speed.
If X2TIMCLK is enabled, specified Lead, Active, and Trail restrictions can be divided by 2 for values with even numbers.
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
6.15.2 Synchronous Mode (USEREADY = 1, READYMODE = 0)
If the XREADY signal is sampled in the synchronous mode (USEREADY = 1, READYMODE = 0), then:
1
Lead:
LR ≥ 2 × tc(XTIM)
LW ≥ 3 × tc(XTIM)
2
Active:
AR ≥ 6 × tc(XTIM)
AW ≥ 2 × tc(XTIM)
3
Trail:
TW ≥ 3 × tc(XTIM)
NOTE
Restriction does not include external hardware wait states.
These requirements result in the following XTIMING register configuration restrictions (based on 300-MHz
system clock speed):
XRDLEAD
XRDACTIVE
≥2
(1)
(2)
XRDTRAIL
≥5
XWRLEAD
≥0
≥3
XWRACTIVE
(1)
≥1
XWRTRAIL
≥3
(1)
X2TIMING
0 (2)
Lead and trail write must be at least 7.5 ns.
If X2TIMCLK is enabled, specified Lead, Active, and Trail restrictions can be divided by 2 for values with even numbers.
Examples of valid and invalid timing when using synchronous XREADY:
XRDLEAD
XRDACTIVE
XRDTRAIL
XWRLEAD
XWRACTIVE
XWRTRAIL
X2TIMING
Invalid (1)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0, 1
(1)
1
0
0
1
0
0
0, 1
2
5
0
3
1
3
0 (3)
Invalid
Valid (2)
(1)
(2)
(3)
No hardware to detect illegal XTIMING configurations
Based on 300-MHz system clock speed
If X2TIMCLK is enabled, specified Lead, Active, and Trail restrictions can be divided by 2 for values with even numbers.
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
141
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
6.15.3 Asynchronous Mode (USEREADY = 1, READYMODE = 1)
If the XREADY signal is sampled in the asynchronous mode (USEREADY = 1, READYMODE = 1), then:
1
LR ≥ 2 × tc(XTIM)
Lead:
LW ≥ 3 × tc(XTIM)
2
AR ≥ 6 × tc(XTIM)
Active:
AW ≥ 4 × tc(XTIM)
3
TW ≥ 3 × tc(XTIM)
Trail:
NOTE
Restrictions do not include external hardware wait states.
These requirements result in the following XTIMING register configuration restrictions (based on 300-MHz
system clock speed):
XRDLEAD
XRDACTIVE
≥2
(1)
(2)
XRDTRAIL
≥5
XWRLEAD
≥3
0
XWRACTIVE
(1)
≥3
XWRTRAIL
0
(1)
X2TIMING
0 (2)
Lead and trail write must be at least 7.5 ns.
If X2TIMCLK is enabled, specified Lead, Active, and Trail restrictions can be divided by 2 for values with even numbers.
Examples of valid and invalid timing when using asynchronous XREADY:
XRDLEAD
XRDACTIVE
XRDTRAIL
XWRLEAD
XWRACTIVE
XWRTRAIL
X2TIMING
Invalid (1)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0, 1
(1)
1
0
0
1
0
0
0, 1
Invalid (1)
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
Valid (2)
2
5
0
3
3
3
0 (3)
Invalid
(1)
(2)
(3)
142
No hardware to detect illegal XTIMING configurations
Based on 300-MHz system clock speed
If X2TIMCLK is enabled, specified Lead, Active, and Trail restrictions can be divided by 2 for values with even numbers.
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Unless otherwise specified, all XINTF timing is applicable for the clock configurations shown in Table 6-36.
Table 6-36. XINTF Clock Configurations for SYSCLKOUT = 300 MHz
MODE
SYSCLKOUT
XTIMCLK
1
SYSCLKOUT
Example:
300 MHz
2
Example:
3
Example:
300 MHz
1/2 SYSCLKOUT
300 MHz
150 MHz
SYSCLKOUT
1/2 SYSCLKOUT
300 MHz
150 MHz
SYSCLKOUT
1/4 SYSCLKOUT
300 MHz
5
Example:
300 MHz
75 MHz
1/2 SYSCLKOUT
1/2 SYSCLKOUT
150 MHz
150 MHz
1/2 SYSCLKOUT
1/4 SYSCLKOUT
300 MHz
6
Example:
300 MHz
7
Example:
150 MHz
75 MHz
1/2 SYSCLKOUT
1/4 SYSCLKOUT
150 MHz
75 MHz
1/2 SYSCLKOUT
1/8 SYSCLKOUT
150 MHz
37.5 MHz
300 MHz
8
Example:
SYSCLKOUT
SYSCLKOUT
300 MHz
4
(1)
300 MHz
300 MHz
Example:
(1)
XCLKOUT
300 MHz
The XCLKOUT signal is limited to a maximum frequency of 75 MHz.
The relationship between SYSCLKOUT and XTIMCLK is shown in Figure 6-21.
PCLKR3[XINTFENCLK]
XTIMING0
0
XTIMING6
0
1
LEAD/ACTIVE/TRAIL
XTIMING7
XBANK
C28x
CPU
SYSCLKOUT
/2
1
0
XTIMCLK
XINTCNF2 (XTIMCLK)
/2
1
0
XINTCNF2
(CLKMODE)
/2
XCLKOUT
1
0
XINTCNF2
(BY4CLKMODE)
XINTCNF2
(CLKOFF)
Figure 6-21. Relationship Between XTIMCLK and SYSCLKOUT
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
143
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
6.15.4 XINTF Signal Alignment to XCLKOUT
For each XINTF access, the number of lead, active, and trail cycles is based on the internal clock
XTIMCLK. Strobes such as XRD, XWE0, XWE1, and zone chip-select (XZCS) change state in relationship
to the rising edge of XTIMCLK. The external clock, XCLKOUT, can be configured to be either equal to or
one-half the frequency of XTIMCLK.
For the case where XCLKOUT = XTIMCLK, all of the XINTF strobes will change state with respect to the
rising edge of XCLKOUT. For the case where XCLKOUT = one-half or one-fourth XTIMCLK, some strobes
will change state either on the rising edge of XCLKOUT or the falling edge of XCLKOUT. In the XINTF
timing tables, the notation XCOHL is used to indicate that the parameter is with respect to either case;
XCLKOUT rising edge (high) or XCLKOUT falling edge (low). If the parameter is always with respect to
the rising edge of XCLKOUT, the notation XCOH is used.
For the case where XCLKOUT = one-half or one-fourth XTIMCLK, the XCLKOUT edge with which the
change will be aligned can be determined based on the number of XTIMCLK cycles from the start of the
access to the point at which the signal changes. If this number of XTIMCLK cycles is even, the alignment
will be with respect to the rising edge of XCLKOUT. If this number is odd, then the signal will change with
respect to the falling edge of XCLKOUT. Examples include the following:
• Strobes that change at the beginning of an access always align to the rising edge of XCLKOUT. This is
because all XINTF accesses begin with respect to the rising edge of XCLKOUT.
Examples:
•
XR/W active low
XRDL
XRD active low
XWEL
XWE1 or XWE0 active low
XRDH
XRD inactive high
XWEH
XWE1 or XWE0 inactive high
Strobes that change at the end of the access will align to the rising edge of XCLKOUT if the total
number of lead + active + trail XTIMCLK cycles (including hardware waitstates) is even. If the number
of lead + active + trail XTIMCLK cycles (including hardware waitstates) is odd, then the alignment will
be with respect to the falling edge of XCLKOUT.
Examples:
144
XRNWL
Strobes that change at the beginning of the trail period will align to the rising edge of XCLKOUT if the
total number of lead + active XTIMCLK cycles (including hardware waitstates) for the access is even. If
the number of lead + active XTIMCLK cycles (including hardware waitstates) is odd, then the alignment
will be with respect to the falling edge of XCLKOUT.
Examples:
•
Zone chip-select active low
Strobes that change at the beginning of the active period will align to the rising edge of XCLKOUT if
the total number of lead XTIMCLK cycles for the access is even. If the number of lead XTIMCLK
cycles is odd, then the alignment will be with respect to the falling edge of XCLKOUT.
Examples:
•
XZCSL
Electrical Specifications
XZCSH
Zone chip-select inactive high
XRNWH
XR/W inactive high
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
6.15.5 External Interface Read Timing
Table 6-37. External Interface Read Timing Requirements
MIN
ta(A)
Access time, read data from address valid
ta(XRD)
Access time, read data valid from XRD active low
tsu(XD)XRD
Setup time, read data valid before XRD strobe inactive high
th(XD)XRD
Hold time, read data valid after XRD inactive high
(1)
MAX
UNIT
(LR + AR) – 13.5
(1)
ns
AR – 13
(1)
ns
13
ns
0
ns
LR = Lead period, read access. AR = Active period, read access. See Table 6-35.
Table 6-38. External Interface Read Switching Characteristics
PARAMETER
MIN
MAX
0
2
UNIT
ns
– 0.2
0.9
ns
1.5
ns
0.8
ns
0.8
ns
td(XCOH-XZCSL)
Delay time, XCLKOUT high to zone chip-select active low
td(XCOHL-XZCSH)
Delay time, XCLKOUT high/low to zone chip-select inactive high
td(XCOH-XA)
Delay time, XCLKOUT high to address valid
td(XCOHL-XRDL)
Delay time, XCLKOUT high/low to XRD active low
–0.2
td(XCOHL-XRDH)
Delay time, XCLKOUT high/low to XRD inactive high
– 0.4
th(XA)XZCSH
Hold time, address valid after zone chip-select inactive high
(1)
ns
Hold time, address valid after XRD inactive high
(1)
ns
th(XA)XRD
(1)
During inactive cycles, the XINTF address bus always holds the last address put out on the bus. This includes alignment cycles.
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
145
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
(A)(B)
Trail
Active
Lead
(C)
(D)
XCLKOUT = XTIMCLK
td(XCOH-XZCSL)
td(XCOHL-XZCSH)
XZCS0, XZCS6, XZCS7
td(XCOH-XA)
XA[0:19]
td(XCOHL-XRDH)
td(XCOHL-XRDL)
XRD
(E)
XWE, XWE1
tsu(XD)XRD
XR/W
ta(A)
th(XD)XRD
ta(XRD)
XD[0:31], XD[0:15]
XREADY
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
DIN
(F)
All XINTF accesses (lead period) begin on the rising edge of XCLKOUT. When necessary, the device inserts an
alignment cycle before an access to meet this requirement.
During alignment cycles, all signals transition to their inactive state.
XA[0:19] holds the last address put on the bus during inactive cycles, including alignment cycles except XA0, which
remains high.
Timings are also relevant for XCLKOUT = 1/2 XTIMCLK and XCLKOUT = 1/4 XTIMCLK.
XWE1 is used in 32-bit data bus mode.
For USEREADY = 0, the external XREADY input signal is ignored.
Figure 6-22. Example Read Access
XTIMING register parameters used for this example (based on 300-MHz system clock):
XRDLEAD
XRDACTIVE
XRDTRAIL
USEREADY
X2TIMING
XWRLEAD
XWRACTIVE
XWRTRAIL
READYMODE
≥2
≥5
≥0
0
0
N/A (1)
N/A (1)
N/A (1)
N/A (1)
(1)
146
N/A = Not applicable (or “Don’t care”) for this example
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
6.15.6 External Interface Write Timing
Table 6-39. External Interface Write Switching Characteristics
PARAMETER
MIN
MAX
0
2
ns
–0.2
0.9
ns
1.5
ns
–0.3
0.7
ns
Delay time, XCLKOUT high/low to XWE0, XWE1 high
–0.5
0.5
ns
Delay time, XCLKOUT high to XR/W low
–0.2
1.5
ns
0.3
0.6
ns
td(XCOH-XZCSL)
Delay time, XCLKOUT high to zone chip-select active low
td(XCOHL-XZCSH)
Delay time, XCLKOUT high or low to zone chip-select inactive high
td(XCOH-XA)
Delay time, XCLKOUT high to address valid
td(XCOHL-XWEL)
Delay time, XCLKOUT high/low to XWE0, XWE1 low
td(XCOHL-XWEH)
td(XCOH-XRNWL)
td(XCOHL-XRNWH)
Delay time, XCLKOUT high/low to XR/W high
ten(XD)XWEL
Enable time, data bus driven from XWE0, XWE1 low
td(XWEL-XD)
Delay time, data valid after XWE0, XWE1 active low
th(XA)XZCSH
Hold time, address valid after zone chip-select inactive high
th(XD)XWE
Hold time, write data valid after XWE0, XWE1 inactive high
tdis(XD)XRNW
Maximum time for processor to release the data bus after XR/W inactive high
(1)
(2)
–7.5
0
TW – 7.5
UNIT
ns
4
ns
(1)
ns
(2)
ns
0
ns
During inactive cycles, the XINTF address bus will always hold the last address put out on the bus except XA0, which remains high.
This includes alignment cycles.
TW = Trail period, write access. See Table 6-35.
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
147
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
(A) (B)
www.ti.com
Active
Lead
(C)
Trail
(D)
XCLKOUT = XTIMCLK
td(XCOHL-XZCSH)
td(XCOH-XZCSL)
XZCS0, XZCS6, XZCS7
td(XCOH-XA)
XA[0:19]
XRD
td(XCOHL-XWEH)
td(XCOHL-XWEL)
(E)
XWE0, XWE1
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
tdis(XD)XRNW
th(XD)XWEH
td(XWEL-XD)
ten(XD)XWEL
XD[0:31], XD[0:15]
XREADY
td(XCOHL-XRNWH)
td(XCOH-XRNWL)
XR/W
DOUT
(F)
All XINTF accesses (lead period) begin on the rising edge of XCLKOUT. When necessary, the device inserts an
alignment cycle before an access to meet this requirement.
During alignment cycles, all signals transition to their inactive state.
XA[0:19] holds the last address put on the bus during inactive cycles, including alignment cycles except XA0, which
remains high.
Timings are also relevant for XCLKOUT = 1/2 XTIMCLK and XCLKOUT = 1/4 XTIMCLK.
XWE1 is used in 32-bit data bus mode.
For USEREADY = 0, the external XREADY input signal is ignored.
Figure 6-23. Example Write Access
XTIMING register parameters used for this example (based on 300-MHz system clock):
XRDLEAD
XRDACTIVE
XRDTRAIL
USEREADY
X2TIMING
XWRLEAD
XWRACTIVE
XWRTRAIL
READYMODE
N/A (1)
N/A (1)
N/A (1)
0
0
≥3
≥1
≥3
N/A (1)
(1)
148
N/A = Not applicable (or “Don’t care”) for this example
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
6.15.7 External Interface Ready-on-Read Timing With One External Wait State
Table 6-40. External Interface Read Switching Characteristics (Ready-on-Read, 1 Wait State)
PARAMETER
MIN
MAX
0
2
UNIT
ns
–0.2
0.9
ns
1.5
ns
–0.2
0.8
ns
–0.4
0.8
ns
td(XCOH-XZCSL)
Delay time, XCLKOUT high to zone chip-select active low
td(XCOHL-XZCSH)
Delay time, XCLKOUT high/low to zone chip-select inactive high
td(XCOH-XA)
Delay time, XCLKOUT high to address valid
td(XCOHL-XRDL)
Delay time, XCLKOUT high/low to XRD active low
td(XCOHL-XRDH)
Delay time, XCLKOUT high/low to XRD inactive high
th(XA)XZCSH
Hold time, address valid after zone chip-select inactive high
(1)
ns
th(XA)XRD
Hold time, address valid after XRD inactive high
(1)
ns
(1)
During inactive cycles, the XINTF address bus always holds the last address put out on the bus. This includes alignment cycles.
Table 6-41. External Interface Read Timing Requirements (Ready-on-Read, 1 Wait State)
MIN
ta(A)
Access time, read data from address valid
ta(XRD)
Access time, read data valid from XRD active low
tsu(XD)XRD
Setup time, read data valid before XRD strobe inactive high
th(XD)XRD
Hold time, read data valid after XRD inactive high
(1)
MAX
UNIT
(LR + AR) – 13.5
(1)
ns
AR – 13
(1)
ns
13
ns
0
ns
LR = Lead period, read access. AR = Active period, read access. See Table 6-35.
Table 6-42. Synchronous XREADY Timing Requirements (Ready-on-Read, 1 Wait State) (1)
MIN
tsu(XRDYsynchL)XCOHL
Setup time, XREADY (synchronous) low before XCLKOUT high/low
th(XRDYsynchL)
Hold time, XREADY (synchronous) low
tsu(XRDYsynchH)XCOHL
Setup time, XREADY (synchronous) high before XCLKOUT high/low
th(XRDYsynchH)XZCSH
Hold time, XREADY (synchronous) held high after zone chip select high
(1)
MAX
UNIT
8
ns
1tc(XTIM)
ns
8
ns
0
ns
The first XREADY (synchronous) sample occurs with respect to E in Figure 6-24:
E = (XRDLEAD + XRDACTIVE) tc(XTIM)
When first sampled, if XREADY (synchronous) is found to be high, then the access will finish. If XREADY (synchronous) is found to be
low, it is sampled again each tc(XTIM) until it is found to be high.
For each sample (n) the setup time (F) with respect to the beginning of the access can be calculated as:
F = (XRDLEAD + XRDACTIVE +n − 1) tc(XTIM) − tsu(XRDYsynchL)XCOHL
where n is the sample number: n = 1, 2, 3, and so forth.
Table 6-43. Asynchronous XREADY Timing Requirements (Ready-on-Read, 1 Wait State)
MIN
tsu(XRDYAsynchL)XCOHL
Setup time, XREADY (asynchronous) low before XCLKOUT high/low
th(XRDYAsynchL)
Hold time, XREADY (asynchronous) low
tsu(XRDYAsynchH)XCOHL
th(XRDYasynchH)XZCSH
MAX
UNIT
8
ns
1tc(XTIM)
ns
Setup time, XREADY (asynchronous) high before XCLKOUT high/low
8
ns
Hold time, XREADY (asynchronous) held high after zone chip select high
0
ns
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
149
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
WS (Synch)
(A) (B)
Active
Lead
(C)
Trail
(D)
XCLKOUT = XTIMCLK
td(XCOHL-XZCSH)
td(XCOH-XZCSL)
XZCS0, XZCS6, XZCS7
td(XCOH-XA)
XA[0:19]
td(XCOHL-XRDH)
td(XCOHL-XRDL)
XRD
tsu(XD)XRD
XWE0, XWE1 (E)
ta(XRD)
XR/W
ta(A)
th(XD)XRD
XD[0:31], XD[0:15]
DIN
tsu(XRDYsynchL)XCOHL
th(XRDYsynchL)
th(XRDYsynchH)XZCSH
tsu(XRDHsynchH)XCOHL
XREADY(Synch)
(F)
(G)
Legend:
= Don’t care. Signal can be high or low during this time.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
All XINTF accesses (lead period) begin on the rising edge of XCLKOUT. When necessary, the device inserts an
alignment cycle before an access to meet this requirement.
During alignment cycles, all signals transition to their inactive state.
During inactive cycles, the XINTF address bus always holds the last address put out on the bus except XA0, which
remains high. This includes alignment cycles.
Timings are also relevant for XCLKOUT = 1/2 XTIMCLK and XCLKOUT = 1/4 XTIMCLK.
XWE1 is valid only in 32-bit data bus mode.
For each sample, setup time from the beginning of the access (E) can be calculated as:
D = (XRDLEAD + XRDACTIVE +n - 1) tc(XTIM) – tsu(XRDYsynchL)XCOHL
Reference for the first sample is with respect to this point: F = (XRDLEAD + XRDACTIVE) tc(XTIM) where n is the
sample number: n = 1, 2, 3, and so forth.
Figure 6-24. Example Read With Synchronous XREADY Access
XTIMING register parameters used for this example (based on 300-MHz system clock):
XRDLEAD
XRDACTIVE
XRDTRAIL
USEREADY
X2TIMING
XWRLEAD
XWRACTIVE
XWRTRAIL
READYMODE
≥2
5
≥0
1
0
N/A (1)
N/A (1)
N/A (1)
0 = XREADY
(Synch)
(1)
150
N/A = “Don’t care” for this example
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
WS (Async)
(A) (B)
Active
Lead
Trail
(C)
(D)
XCLKOUT = XTIMCLK
td(XCOH-XZCSL)
XZCS0, XZCS6, XZCS7
td(XCOHL-XZCSH)
td(XCOH-XA)
XA[0:19]
td(XCOHL-XRDH)
td(XCOHL-XRDL)
XRD
tsu(XD)XRD
XWE0, XWE1 (E)
ta(XRD)
XR/W
ta(A)
th(XD)XRD
DIN
XD[0:31], XD[0:15]
tsu(XRDYasynchL)XCOHL
th(XRDYasynchH)XZCSH
th(XRDYasynchL)
tsu(XRDYasynchH)XCOHL
XREADY(Asynch)
(F)
(G)
Legend:
= Don’t care. Signal can be high or low during this time.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
All XINTF accesses (lead period) begin on the rising edge of XCLKOUT. When necessary, the device will insert an
alignment cycle before an access to meet this requirement.
During alignment cycles, all signals will transition to their inactive state.
During inactive cycles, the XINTF address bus will always hold the last address put out on the bus except XA0, which
remains high. This includes alignment cycles.
Timings are also relevant for XCLKOUT = 1/2 XTIMCLK and XCLKOUT = 1/4 XTIMCLK.
XWE1 is valid only in 32-bit data bus mode.
For each sample, setup time from the beginning of the access can be calculated as:
E = (XRDLEAD + XRDACTIVE -3 +n) tc(XTIM) – tsu(XRDYasynchL)XCOHL where n is the sample number: n = 1, 2, 3, and
so forth.
Reference for the first sample is with respect to this point: F = (XRDLEAD + XRDACTIVE –2) tc(XTIM)
Figure 6-25. Example Read With Asynchronous XREADY Access
XTIMING register parameters used for this example (based on 300-MHz system clock):
XRDLEAD
XRDACTIVE
XRDTRAIL
USEREADY
X2TIMING
XWRLEAD
XWRACTIVE
XWRTRAIL
READYMODE
≥2
5
≥0
1
0
N/A (1)
N/A (1)
N/A (1)
1 = XREADY
(Async)
(1)
N/A = “Don’t care” for this example
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
151
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
6.15.8 External Interface Ready-on-Write Timing With One External Wait State
Table 6-44. External Interface Write Switching Characteristics (Ready-on-Write, 1 Wait State)
PARAMETER
td(XCOH-XZCSL)
Delay time, XCLKOUT high to zone chip-select active low
td(XCOHL-XZCSH)
Delay time, XCLKOUT high or low to zone chip-select inactive high
td(XCOH-XA)
Delay time, XCLKOUT high to address valid
td(XCOHL-XWEL)
Delay time, XCLKOUT high/low to XWE0, XWE1 low (1)
(1)
td(XCOHL-XWEH)
Delay time, XCLKOUT high/low to XWE0, XWE1 high
td(XCOH-XRNWL)
Delay time, XCLKOUT high to XR/W low
td(XCOHL-XRNWH)
Delay time, XCLKOUT high/low to XR/W high
ten(XD)XWEL
Enable time, data bus driven from XWE0, XWE1 low
td(XWEL-XD)
Delay time, data valid after XWE0, XWE1 active low
th(XA)XZCSH
Hold time, address valid after zone chip-select inactive high
th(XD)XWE
Hold time, write data valid after XWE0, XWE1 inactive high (1)
tdis(XD)XRNW
Maximum time for processor to release the data bus after XR/W
inactive high
(1)
(2)
(3)
MIN
MAX
0
2
UNIT
ns
–0.2
0.9
ns
1.5
ns
–0.3
0.7
ns
–0.5
0.5
ns
–0.2
1.5
ns
0.3
0.6
ns
–7.5
ns
0
4
ns
(2)
ns
TW – 7.5 (3)
ns
0
ns
XWE1 is used in 32-bit data bus mode only. In 16-bit, this signal is XA0.
During inactive cycles, the XINTF address bus always holds the last address put out on the bus. This includes alignment cycles.
TW = trail period, write access (see Table 6-35)
Table 6-45. Synchronous XREADY Timing Requirements (Ready-on-Write, 1 Wait State) (1)
MIN
tsu(XRDYsynchL)XCOHL
Setup time, XREADY (synchronous) low before XCLKOUT high/low
th(XRDYsynchL)
Hold time, XREADY (synchronous) low
tsu(XRDYsynchH)XCOHL
th(XRDYsynchH)XZCSH
(1)
MAX
UNIT
8
ns
1tc(XTIM)
ns
Setup time, XREADY (synchronous) high before XCLKOUT high/low
8
ns
Hold time, XREADY (synchronous) held high after zone chip select high
0
ns
The first XREADY (synchronous) sample occurs with respect to E in Figure 6-26:
E =(XWRLEAD + XWRACTIVE) tc(XTIM)
When first sampled, if XREADY (synchronous) is high, then the access will complete. If XREADY (synchronous) is low, it is sampled
again each tc(XTIM) until it is high.
For each sample, setup time from the beginning of the access can be calculated as:
F = (XWRLEAD + XWRACTIVE +n –1) tc(XTIM) – tsu(XRDYsynchL)XCOHL
where n is the sample number: n = 1, 2, 3, and so forth.
Table 6-46. Asynchronous XREADY Timing Requirements (Ready-on-Write, 1 Wait State) (1)
MIN
tsu(XRDYasynchL)XCOHL
Setup time, XREADY (asynchronous) low before XCLKOUT high/low
th(XRDYasynchL)
Hold time, XREADY (asynchronous) low
tsu(XRDYasynchH)XCOHL
th(XRDYasynchH)XZCSH
(1)
152
MAX
UNIT
8
ns
1tc(XTIM)
ns
Setup time, XREADY (asynchronous) high before XCLKOUT high/low
8
ns
Hold time, XREADY (asynchronous) held high after zone chip select high
0
ns
The first XREADY (synchronous) sample occurs with respect to E in Figure 6-26:
E = (XWRLEAD + XWRACTIVE –2) tc(XTIM). When first sampled, if XREADY (asynchronous) is high, then the access will complete. If
XREADY (asynchronous) is low, it is sampled again each tc(XTIM) until it is high.
For each sample, setup time from the beginning of the access can be calculated as:
F = (XWRLEAD + XWRACTIVE –3 + n) tc(XTIM) – tsu(XRDYasynchL)XCOHL
where n is the sample number: n = 1, 2, 3, and so forth.
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
WS (Synch)
(A) (B)
(C)
Trail
Active
Lead 1
(D)
XCLKOUT = XTIMCLK
td(XCOHL-XZCSH)
td(XCOH-XZCSL)
XZCS0, XZCS6, XZCS7
th(XRDYsynchH)XZCSH
td(XCOH-XA)
XA[0:18]
XRD
td(XCOHL-XWEH)
td(XCOHL-XWEL)
XWE
td(XCOHL-XRNWH)
td(XCOH-XRNWL)
XR/W
tdis(XD)XRNW
td(XWEL-XD
th(XD)XWEH
)
ten(XD)XWEL
XD[0:15]
DOUT
tsu(XRDYsynchL)XCOHL
th(XRDYsynchL)
tsu(XRDHsynchH)XCOHL
XREADY (Synch)
(E)
(F)
Legend:
= Don’t care. Signal can be high or low during this time.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
All XINTF accesses (lead period) begin on the rising edge of XCLKOUT. When necessary, the device inserts an
alignment cycle before an access to meet this requirement.
During alignment cycles, all signals will transition to their inactive state.
During inactive cycles, the XINTF address bus always holds the last address put out on the bus except XA0, which
remains high. This includes alignment cycles.
Timings are also relevant for XCLKOUT = 1/2 XTIMCLK and XCLKOUT = 1/4 XTIMCLK.
XWE1 is used in 32-bit data bus mode only.
For each sample, setup time from the beginning of the access can be calculated as E = (XWRLEAD + XWRACTIVE +
n –1) tc(XTIM) – tsu(XRDYsynchL)XCOH where n is the sample number: n = 1, 2, 3, and so forth.
Reference for the first sample is with respect to this point: F = (XWRLEAD + XWRACTIVE) tc(XTIM)
Figure 6-26. Write With Synchronous XREADY Access
XTIMING register parameters used for this example (based on 300-MHz system clock):
XRDLEAD
XRDACTIVE
XRDTRAIL
USEREADY
X2TIMING
XWRLEAD
XWRACTIVE
XWRTRAIL
READYMODE
N/A (1)
N/A (1)
N/A (1)
1
0
≥3
1
≥3
0 = XREADY
(Synch)
(1)
N/A = "Don't care" for this example.
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
153
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
WS (Async)
(A) (B)
Lead 1
(C)
Trail
Active
(D)
XCLKOUT = XTIMCLK
td(XCOH-XZCSL)
td(XCOHL-XZCSH)
td(XCOH-XA)
th(XRDYasynchH)XZCSH
XZCS0, XZCS6, XZCS7
XA[0:19]
XRD
td(XCOHL-XWEH)
td(XCOHL-XWEL)
(E)
XWE0, XWE1
td(XCOH-XRNWL)
td(XCOHL-XRNWH)
XR/W
tdis(XD)XRNW
td(XWEL-XD
th(XD)XWEH
)
ten(XD)XWEL
XD[31:0], XD[15:0]
DOUT
tsu(XRDYasynchL)XCOHL
th(XRDYasynchL)
tsu(XRDYasynchH)XCOHL
XREADY(Asynch)
(F)
(G)
Legend:
= Don’t care. Signal can be high or low during this time.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
All XINTF accesses (lead period) begin on the rising edge of XCLKOUT. When necessary, the device inserts an
alignment cycle before an access to meet this requirement.
During alignment cycles, all signals transition to their inactive state.
During inactive cycles, the XINTF address bus always holds the last address put out on the bus except XA0, which
remains high. This includes alignment cycles.
Timings are also relevant for XCLKOUT = 1/2 XTIMCLK and XCLKOUT = 1/4 XTIMCLK.
XWE1 is used in 32-bit data bus mode only.
For each sample, set up time from the beginning of the access can be calculated as: E = (XWRLEAD + XWRACTIVE
-3 + n) tc(XTIM) – tsu(XRDYasynchL)XCOHL where n is the sample number: n = 1, 2, 3, and so forth.
Reference for the first sample is with respect to this point: F = (XWRLEAD + XWRACTIVE – 2) tc(XTIM)
Figure 6-27. Write With Asynchronous XREADY Access
XTIMING register parameters used for this example (based on 300-MHz system clock):
XRDLEAD
XRDACTIVE
XRDTRAIL
USEREADY
X2TIMING
XWRLEAD
XWRACTIVE
XWRTRAIL
READYMODE
N/A (1)
N/A (1)
N/A (1)
1
0
≥3
3
≥3
1 = XREADY
(Async)
(1)
154
N/A = “Don’t care” for this example
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
6.15.9
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
XHOLD and XHOLDA Timing
If the HOLD mode bit is set while XHOLD and XHOLDA are both low (external bus accesses granted), the
XHOLDA signal is forced high (at the end of the current cycle) and the external interface is taken out of
high-impedance mode.
On a reset (XRS), the HOLD mode bit is set to 0. If the XHOLD signal is active low on a system reset, the
bus and all signal strobes must be in high-impedance mode, and the XHOLDA signal is also driven active
low.
When HOLD mode is enabled and XHOLDA is active low (external bus grant active), the CPU can still
execute code from internal memory. If an access is made to the external interface, the CPU is stalled until
the XHOLD signal is removed.
An external DMA request, when granted, places the following signals in a high-impedance mode:
XA[19:0]
XZCS0
XD[31:0], XD[15:0]
XZCS6
XWE0, XWE1,
XRD
XZCS7
XR/W
All other signals not listed in this group remain in their default or functional operational modes during these
signal events.
Table 6-47. XHOLD/XHOLDA Timing Requirements
(1) (2) (3)
MIN
td(HL-HiZ)
Delay time, XHOLD low to Hi-Z on all address, data, and control
td(HL-HAL)
Delay time, XHOLD low to XHOLDA low
td(HH-HAH)
td(HH-BV)
(1)
(2)
(3)
MAX
UNIT
4tc(XTIM) + tc(XCO) + 20
ns
4tc(XTIM) + 2tc(XCO) + 20
ns
Delay time, XHOLD high to XHOLDA high
4tc(XTIM) + 20
ns
Delay time, XHOLD high to bus valid
6tc(XTIM) + 20
ns
When a low signal is detected on XHOLD, all pending XINTF accesses will be completed before the bus is placed in a high-impedance
state.
The state of XHOLD is latched on the rising edge of XTIMCLK.
After the XHOLD is detected low or high, all bus transitions and XHOLDA transitions occur with respect to the rising edge of XCLKOUT.
Thus, for this mode where XCLKOUT = 1/2 XTIMCLK, the transitions can occur up to 1 XTIMCLK cycle earlier than the maximum value
specified.
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
155
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
XCLKOUT
td(HL-Hiz)
XHOLD
td(HH-HAH)
XHOLDA
td(HL-HAL)
td(HH-BV)
XR/W
High-Impedance
XZCS0, XZCS6, XZCS7
XA[19:0]
Valid
XD[31:0], XD[15:0]
Valid
(A)
A.
B.
Valid
High-Impedance
(B)
All pending XINTF accesses are completed.
Normal XINTF operation resumes.
Figure 6-28. External Interface Hold Waveform
156
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
6.16 Multichannel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP) Timing
6.16.1 McBSP Transmit and Receive Timing
Table 6-48. McBSP Timing Requirements (1)
(2)
NO.
MIN
McBSP module clock (CLKG, CLKX, CLKR) range
MAX
UNIT
(3)
MHz
1
ms
1
kHz
40
McBSP module cycle time (CLKG, CLKX, CLKR) range
tc(CKRX)
Cycle time, CLKR/X
CLKR/X ext
2P
M12
tw(CKRX)
Pulse duration, CLKR/X high or CLKR/X low
CLKR/X ext
P–4
M13
tr(CKRX)
Rise time, CLKR/X
CLKR/X ext
4
ns
M14
tf(CKRX)
Fall time, CLKR/X
CLKR/X ext
4
ns
M15
tsu(FRH-CKRL)
Setup time, external FSR high before CLKR low
CLKR int
20
CLKR ext
2
M16
th(CKRL-FRH)
Hold time, external FSR high after CLKR low
CLKR int
0
CLKR ext
6
CLKR int
20
CLKR ext
2
CLKR int
0
(3)
tsu(DRV-CKRL)
Setup time, DR valid before CLKR low
M18
th(CKRL-DRV)
Hold time, DR valid after CLKR low
M19
tsu(FXH-CKXL)
Setup time, external FSX high before CLKX low
M20
(2)
ns
M11
M17
(1)
25
th(CKXL-FXH)
Hold time, external FSX high after CLKX low
CLKR ext
6
CLKX int
20
CLKX ext
2
CLKX int
0
CLKX ext
6
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
Polarity bits CLKRP = CLKXP = FSRP = FSXP = 0. If the polarity of any of the signals is inverted, then the timing references of that
signal are also inverted.
CLKSRG
2P = 1/CLKG in ns. CLKG is the output of sample rate generator mux. CLKG = (1 ) CLKGDV) CLKSRG can be LSPCLK, CLKX,
CLKR as source. CLKSRG ≤ (SYSCLKOUT/2). McBSP performance is limited by I/O buffer switching speed.
Internal clock prescalers must be adjusted such that the McBSP clock (CLKG, CLKX, CLKR) speeds are not greater than the I/O buffer
speed limit (40 MHz).
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
157
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Table 6-49. McBSP Switching Characteristics (1)
NO.
PARAMETER
(2)
MIN
MAX
M1
tc(CKRX)
Cycle time, CLKR/X
CLKR/X int
M2
tw(CKRXH)
Pulse duration, CLKR/X high
CLKR/X int
D–2
(3)
D+2
(3)
ns
M3
tw(CKRXL)
Pulse duration, CLKR/X low
CLKR/X int
C–2
(3)
C+2
(3)
ns
M4
td(CKRH-FRV)
Delay time, CLKR high to internal FSR valid
CLKR int
0
4
ns
CLKR ext
3
20
M5
td(CKXH-FXV)
Delay time, CLKX high to internal FSX valid
CLKX int
0
4
CLKX ext
3
20
M6
M7
M8
M9
M10
tdis(CKXH-DXHZ)
td(CKXH-DXV)
ten(CKXH-DX)
td(FXH-DXV)
ten(FXH-DX)
(2)
(3)
158
ns
Disable time, CLKX high to DX high impedance
following last data bit
CLKX int
8
CLKX ext
14
Delay time, CLKX high to DX valid.
CLKX int
4
This applies to all bits except the first bit transmitted.
CLKX ext
20
Delay time, CLKX high to DX valid
CLKX int
4
CLKX ext
20
CLKX int
P+4
CLKX ext
P + 20
DXENA = 0
Only applies to first bit transmitted when
in Data Delay 1 or 2 (XDATDLY=01b or
10b) modes
DXENA = 1
Enable time, CLKX high to DX driven
DXENA = 0
Only applies to first bit transmitted when
in Data Delay 1 or 2 (XDATDLY=01b or
10b) modes
DXENA = 1
Delay time, FSX high to DX valid
DXENA = 0
Only applies to first bit transmitted when
in Data Delay 0 (XDATDLY=00b) mode.
DXENA = 1
Enable time, FSX high to DX driven
DXENA = 0
Only applies to first bit transmitted when
in Data Delay 0 (XDATDLY=00b) mode
(1)
2P
UNIT
CLKX int
0
CLKX ext
10
CLKX int
P
CLKX ext
P + 10
DXENA = 1
ns
ns
ns
FSX int
4
FSX ext
16
FSX int
P+4
FSX ext
ns
ns
P + 16
FSX int
0
FSX ext
6
FSX int
P
FSX ext
P+6
ns
Polarity bits CLKRP = CLKXP = FSRP = FSXP = 0. If the polarity of any of the signals is inverted, then the timing references of that
signal are also inverted.
2P = 1/CLKG in ns.
C = CLKRX low pulse width = P
D = CLKRX high pulse width = P
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
M1, M11
M2, M12
M13
M3, M12
CLKR
M4
M4
M14
FSR (int)
M15
M16
FSR (ext)
M18
M17
DR
(RDATDLY=00b)
Bit (n−1)
(n−2)
(n−3)
M17
(n−4)
M18
DR
(RDATDLY=01b)
Bit (n−1)
(n−2)
(n−3)
M17
M18
DR
(RDATDLY=10b)
Bit (n−1)
(n−2)
Figure 6-29. McBSP Receive Timing
M1, M11
M2, M12
M13
M3, M12
CLKX
M5
M5
FSX (int)
M19
M20
FSX (ext)
M9
M7
M10
DX
(XDATDLY=00b)
Bit 0
Bit (n−1)
(n−2)
(n−3)
M7
M8
DX
(XDATDLY=01b)
Bit 0
Bit (n−1)
M7
M6
DX
(XDATDLY=10b)
(n−2)
M8
Bit 0
Bit (n−1)
Figure 6-30. McBSP Transmit Timing
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
159
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
6.16.2 McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing
Table 6-50. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 0)
NO.
M30
tsu(DRV-CKXL)
Setup time, DR valid before CLKX low
M31
th(CKXL-DRV)
Hold time, DR valid after CLKX low
M32
tsu(BFXL-CKXH)
Setup time, FSX low before CLKX high
M33
(1)
tc(CKX)
Cycle time, CLKX
MASTER
SLAVE
MIN
MIN
MAX
MAX
UNIT
30
8P – 10
ns
1
8P – 10
ns
8P + 10
ns
16P
ns
2P
(1)
2P = 1/CLKG
Table 6-51. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 0)
NO.
MASTER
PARAMETER
MIN
SLAVE
MAX
MIN
MAX
UNIT
M24
th(CKXL-FXL)
Hold time, FSX low after CLKX low
2P (1)
M25
td(FXL-CKXH)
Delay time, FSX low to CLKX high
P
M26
td(CLKXH-DXV)
Delay time, CLKX low to DX valid
–2
M28
tdis(FXH-DXHZ)
Disable time, DX high impedance following
last data bit from FSX high
6
6P + 6
ns
M29
td(FXL-DXV)
Delay time, FSX low to DX valid
6
4P + 6
ns
(1)
ns
ns
0
3P + 6
5P + 20
ns
2P = 1/CLKG
For all SPI slave modes, CLKX has to be minimum 8 CLKG cycles. Also CLKG should be LSPCLK/2 by
setting CLKSM = CLKGDV = 1. With maximum LSPCLK speed of 150 MHz, CLKX maximum frequency
will be LSPCLK/16 , that is 9.375 MHz and P = 6.67 ns.
M32
LSB
M33
MSB
CLKX
M25
M24
FSX
M28
M29
M26
DX
Bit 0
Bit(n-1)
M30
DR
Bit 0
(n-2)
(n-3)
(n-4)
M31
Bit(n-1)
(n-2)
(n-3)
(n-4)
Figure 6-31. McBSP Timing as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 0
160
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Table 6-52. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 0)
MASTER
NO.
MIN
M39
tsu(DRV-CKXH)
Setup time, DR valid before CLKX high
M40
th(CKXH-DRV)
Hold time, DR valid after CLKX high
M41
tsu(FXL-CKXH)
Setup time, FSX low before CLKX high
M42
(1)
tc(CKX)
Cycle time, CLKX
SLAVE
MAX
MIN MAX
UNIT
30
8P – 10
ns
1
8P – 10
ns
16P + 10
ns
16P
ns
2P
(1)
2P = 1/CLKG
Table 6-53. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 0)
NO.
(1)
MASTER
PARAMETER
MIN
M34
th(CKXL-FXL)
Hold time, FSX low after CLKX low
P
M35
td(FXL-CKXH)
Delay time, FSX low to CLKX high
2P (1)
M36
td(CLKXL-DXV)
Delay time, CLKX low to DX valid
M37
tdis(CKXL-DXHZ)
Disable time, DX high impedance following last data bit
from CLKX low
M38
td(FXL-DXV)
Delay time, FSX low to DX valid
–2
SLAVE
MAX
MIN
MAX
UNIT
ns
ns
0
3P + 6 5P + 20
ns
P+6
7P + 6
ns
6
4P + 6
ns
2P = 1/CLKG
For all SPI slave modes, CLKX must be a minimum of 8 CLKG cycles. Also, CLKG should be LSPCLK/2
by setting CLKSM = CLKGDV = 1. With a maximum LSPCLK speed of 150 MHz, CLKX maximum
frequency is LSPCLK/16; that is, 9.375 MHz and P = 6.67 ns.
LSB
M42
MSB
M41
CLKX
M34
M35
FSX
M37
DX
M38
Bit 0
M36
Bit(n-1)
M39
DR
Bit 0
(n-2)
(n-3)
(n-4)
M40
Bit(n-1)
(n-2)
(n-3)
(n-4)
Figure 6-32. McBSP Timing as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 0
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
161
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
www.ti.com
Table 6-54. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 1)
NO.
M49
tsu(DRV-CKXH)
Setup time, DR valid before CLKX high
M50
th(CKXH-DRV)
Hold time, DR valid after CLKX high
M51
tsu(FXL-CKXL)
Setup time, FSX low before CLKX low
M52
(1)
tc(CKX)
Cycle time, CLKX
MASTER
SLAVE
MIN
MIN
MAX
MAX
UNIT
30
8P – 10
ns
1
8P – 10
ns
8P + 10
ns
16P
ns
2P
(1)
2P = 1/CLKG
Table 6-55. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 1)
NO.
PARAMETER
MASTER
SLAVE
MIN
MIN
MAX
2P (1)
M43
th(CKXH-FXL)
Hold time, FSX low after CLKX high
M44
td(FXL-CKXL)
Delay time, FSX low to CLKX low
P
M45
td(CLKXL-DXV)
Delay time, CLKX low to DX valid
–2
M47
tdis(FXH-DXHZ)
Disable time, DX high impedance following last data bit from
FSX high
M48
td(FXL-DXV)
Delay time, FSX low to DX valid
(1)
MAX
UNIT
ns
ns
0
3P + 6 5P + 20
ns
6
6P + 6
ns
6
4P + 6
ns
2P = 1/CLKG
For all SPI slave modes, CLKX must be a minimum of 8 CLKG cycles. Also, CLKG should be LSPCLK/2
by setting CLKSM = CLKGDV = 1. With maximum LSPCLK speed of 150 MHz, CLKX maximum
frequency will be LSPCLK/16; that is, 9.375 MHz and P = 6.67 ns.
M51
LSB
M52
MSB
CLKX
M43
M44
FSX
M47
M48
M45
DX
Bit 0
Bit(n-1)
M49
DR
Bit 0
(n-2)
(n-3)
(n-4)
M50
Bit(n-1)
(n-2)
(n-3)
(n-4)
Figure 6-33. McBSP Timing as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 1
162
Electrical Specifications
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Table 6-56. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 1)
MASTER
NO.
MIN
M58 tsu(DRV-CKXL)
Setup time, DR valid before CLKX low
M59 th(CKXL-DRV)
Hold time, DR valid after CLKX low
M60 tsu(FXL-CKXL)
Setup time, FSX low before CLKX low
M61 tc(CKX)
(1)
Cycle time, CLKX
SLAVE
MAX
MIN
MAX
UNIT
30
8P – 10
ns
1
8P – 10
ns
16P + 10
ns
16P
ns
2P
(1)
2P = 1/CLKG
Table 6-57. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 1) (1)
NO.
MASTER (2)
PARAMETER
MIN
M53
th(CKXH-FXL)
Hold time, FSX low after CLKX high
M54
td(FXL-CKXL)
Delay time, FSX low to CLKX low
M55
td(CLKXH-DXV)
Delay time, CLKX high to DX valid
M56
tdis(CKXH-DXHZ)
Disable time, DX high impedance following last
data bit from CLKX high
M57
td(FXL-DXV)
Delay time, FSX low to DX valid
(1)
(2)
SLAVE
MAX
MIN
MAX
P
UNIT
ns
2P (1)
ns
–2
0
3P + 6
5P + 20
ns
P+6
7P + 6
ns
6
4P + 6
ns
2P = 1/CLKG
C = CLKX low pulse width = P
D = CLKX high pulse width = P
For all SPI slave modes, CLKX must be a minimum of 8 CLKG cycles. Also CLKG should be LSPCLK/2
by setting CLKSM = CLKGDV = 1. With maximum LSPCLK speed of 150 MHz, CLKX maximum
frequency is LSPCLK/16 , that is 9.375 MHz and P = 6.67 ns.
M60
LSB
M61
MSB
CLKX
M53
M54
FSX
M56
DX
M55
M57
Bit 0
Bit(n-1)
M58
DR
Bit 0
(n-2)
(n-3)
(n-4)
M59
Bit(n-1)
(n-2)
(n-3)
(n-4)
Figure 6-34. McBSP Timing as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 1
Electrical Specifications
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
163
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
7
www.ti.com
Revision History
This data sheet revision history highlights the technical changes made to the SPRS516C device-specific
data sheet to make it an SPRS516D revision.
Scope: See table below.
LOCATION
164
ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, AND MODIFICATIONS
Section 1.2
Features:
•
Added "Endianness: Little Endian" feature
Section 6.9
Power Sequencing:
•
Changed "Additionally it is recommended that no voltage larger than a diode drop (0.7 V) should be applied to
any pin prior to powering up the device" to "No voltage larger than a diode drop (0.7 V) above VDDIO should be
applied to any digital pin (for analog pins, it is 0.7 V above VDDA) prior to powering up the device. Furthermore,
VDDIO and VDDA should always be within 0.3 V of each other."
Figure 6-10
General-Purpose Input Timing:
•
Changed XCLKOUT to SYSCLK
Figure 6-14
PWM Hi-Z Characteristics:
•
Changed XCLKOUT to SYSCLK
Table 6-25
Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse (eQEP) Timing Requirements:
•
Added footnote about limitations in the asynchronous mode
Revision History
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344
TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342, TMS320C28341
www.ti.com
8
SPRS516D – MARCH 2009 – REVISED AUGUST 2012
Thermal and Mechanical Data
Table 8-1 and Table 8-2 show the thermal data.
The mechanical package diagrams that follow the tables reflect the most current released mechanical data
available for the designated devices.
Table 8-1. Thermal Model 179-Ball ZHH Results
AIR FLOW
PARAMETER
0 lfm
150 lfm
250 lfm
500 lfm
θJA[°C/W] High k PCB
40.8
32.4
31.0
29.1
ΨJT[°C/W]
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.8
ΨJB
21.0
20.4
20.2
19.9
θJC
10.3
θJB
21.2
Table 8-2. Thermal Model 256-Ball ZFE Results
AIR FLOW
PARAMETER
0 lfm
150 lfm
250 lfm
500 lfm
θJA[°C/W] High k PCB
30
21.8
20.6
19.1
ΨJT[°C/W]
1.24
2.63
3.15
4.05
ΨJB
14
13.6
13.5
13.4
θJC
14
θJB
13.9
Thermal and Mechanical Data
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TMS320C28346, TMS320C28345, TMS320C28344 TMS320C28343, TMS320C28342,
TMS320C28341
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
165
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
30-Oct-2015
PACKAGING INFORMATION
Orderable Device
Status
(1)
Package Type Package Pins Package
Drawing
Qty
Eco Plan
Lead/Ball Finish
MSL Peak Temp
(2)
(6)
(3)
Op Temp (°C)
Device Marking
(4/5)
TMS320C28341ZHHT
ACTIVE
BGA
MICROSTAR
ZHH
179
160
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 105
C28341ZHHT
TMS320
TMS320C28342ZFEQ
ACTIVE
BGA
ZFE
256
90
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 125
TMS
320C28342ZFEQ
TMS320C28342ZFET
ACTIVE
BGA
ZFE
256
90
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 105
TMS
320C28342ZFET
TMS320C28343ZFEQ
ACTIVE
BGA
ZFE
256
90
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 125
TMS
320C28343ZFEQ
TMS320C28343ZHHT
ACTIVE
BGA
MICROSTAR
ZHH
179
160
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 105
C28343ZHHT
TMS320
TMS320C28344ZFEQ
ACTIVE
BGA
ZFE
256
90
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 125
TMS
320C28344ZFEQ
TMS320C28344ZFET
ACTIVE
BGA
ZFE
256
90
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 105
TMS
320C28344ZFET
TMS320C28345ZFEQ
ACTIVE
BGA
ZFE
256
90
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 125
TMS
320C28345ZFEQ
TMS320C28345ZFET
ACTIVE
BGA
ZFE
256
90
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 105
TMS
320C28345ZFET
TMS320C28345ZHHT
ACTIVE
BGA
MICROSTAR
ZHH
179
160
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 105
C28345ZHHT
TMS320
TMS320C28346ZFEQ
ACTIVE
BGA
ZFE
256
90
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 125
TMS
320C28346ZFEQ
TMS320C28346ZFET
ACTIVE
BGA
ZFE
256
90
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
-40 to 105
TMS
320C28346ZFET
TMX320C28346ZFE
OBSOLETE
BGA
ZFE
256
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
(1)
The marketing status values are defined as follows:
ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs.
LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect.
NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design.
PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available.
OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device.
(2)
Eco Plan - The planned eco-friendly classification: Pb-Free (RoHS), Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt), or Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br) - please check http://www.ti.com/productcontent for the latest availability
information and additional product content details.
Addendum-Page 1
Samples
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
30-Oct-2015
TBD: The Pb-Free/Green conversion plan has not been defined.
Pb-Free (RoHS): TI's terms "Lead-Free" or "Pb-Free" mean semiconductor products that are compatible with the current RoHS requirements for all 6 substances, including the requirement that
lead not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, TI Pb-Free products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes.
Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt): This component has a RoHS exemption for either 1) lead-based flip-chip solder bumps used between the die and package, or 2) lead-based die adhesive used between
the die and leadframe. The component is otherwise considered Pb-Free (RoHS compatible) as defined above.
Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br): TI defines "Green" to mean Pb-Free (RoHS compatible), and free of Bromine (Br) and Antimony (Sb) based flame retardants (Br or Sb do not exceed 0.1% by weight
in homogeneous material)
(3)
MSL, Peak Temp. - The Moisture Sensitivity Level rating according to the JEDEC industry standard classifications, and peak solder temperature.
(4)
There may be additional marking, which relates to the logo, the lot trace code information, or the environmental category on the device.
(5)
Multiple Device Markings will be inside parentheses. Only one Device Marking contained in parentheses and separated by a "~" will appear on a device. If a line is indented then it is a continuation
of the previous line and the two combined represent the entire Device Marking for that device.
(6)
Lead/Ball Finish - Orderable Devices may have multiple material finish options. Finish options are separated by a vertical ruled line. Lead/Ball Finish values may wrap to two lines if the finish
value exceeds the maximum column width.
Important Information and Disclaimer:The information provided on this page represents TI's knowledge and belief as of the date that it is provided. TI bases its knowledge and belief on information
provided by third parties, and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such information. Efforts are underway to better integrate information from third parties. TI has taken and
continues to take reasonable steps to provide representative and accurate information but may not have conducted destructive testing or chemical analysis on incoming materials and chemicals.
TI and TI suppliers consider certain information to be proprietary, and thus CAS numbers and other limited information may not be available for release.
In no event shall TI's liability arising out of such information exceed the total purchase price of the TI part(s) at issue in this document sold by TI to Customer on an annual basis.
Addendum-Page 2
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Texas Instruments Incorporated and its subsidiaries (TI) reserve the right to make corrections, enhancements, improvements and other
changes to its semiconductor products and services per JESD46, latest issue, and to discontinue any product or service per JESD48, latest
issue. Buyers should obtain the latest relevant information before placing orders and should verify that such information is current and
complete. All semiconductor products (also referred to herein as “components”) are sold subject to TI’s terms and conditions of sale
supplied at the time of order acknowledgment.
TI warrants performance of its components to the specifications applicable at the time of sale, in accordance with the warranty in TI’s terms
and conditions of sale of semiconductor products. Testing and other quality control techniques are used to the extent TI deems necessary
to support this warranty. Except where mandated by applicable law, testing of all parameters of each component is not necessarily
performed.
TI assumes no liability for applications assistance or the design of Buyers’ products. Buyers are responsible for their products and
applications using TI components. To minimize the risks associated with Buyers’ products and applications, Buyers should provide
adequate design and operating safeguards.
TI does not warrant or represent that any license, either express or implied, is granted under any patent right, copyright, mask work right, or
other intellectual property right relating to any combination, machine, or process in which TI components or services are used. Information
published by TI regarding third-party products or services does not constitute a license to use such products or services or a warranty or
endorsement thereof. Use of such information may require a license from a third party under the patents or other intellectual property of the
third party, or a license from TI under the patents or other intellectual property of TI.
Reproduction of significant portions of TI information in TI data books or data sheets is permissible only if reproduction is without alteration
and is accompanied by all associated warranties, conditions, limitations, and notices. TI is not responsible or liable for such altered
documentation. Information of third parties may be subject to additional restrictions.
Resale of TI components or services with statements different from or beyond the parameters stated by TI for that component or service
voids all express and any implied warranties for the associated TI component or service and is an unfair and deceptive business practice.
TI is not responsible or liable for any such statements.
Buyer acknowledges and agrees that it is solely responsible for compliance with all legal, regulatory and safety-related requirements
concerning its products, and any use of TI components in its applications, notwithstanding any applications-related information or support
that may be provided by TI. Buyer represents and agrees that it has all the necessary expertise to create and implement safeguards which
anticipate dangerous consequences of failures, monitor failures and their consequences, lessen the likelihood of failures that might cause
harm and take appropriate remedial actions. Buyer will fully indemnify TI and its representatives against any damages arising out of the use
of any TI components in safety-critical applications.
In some cases, TI components may be promoted specifically to facilitate safety-related applications. With such components, TI’s goal is to
help enable customers to design and create their own end-product solutions that meet applicable functional safety standards and
requirements. Nonetheless, such components are subject to these terms.
No TI components are authorized for use in FDA Class III (or similar life-critical medical equipment) unless authorized officers of the parties
have executed a special agreement specifically governing such use.
Only those TI components which TI has specifically designated as military grade or “enhanced plastic” are designed and intended for use in
military/aerospace applications or environments. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that any military or aerospace use of TI components
which have not been so designated is solely at the Buyer's risk, and that Buyer is solely responsible for compliance with all legal and
regulatory requirements in connection with such use.
TI has specifically designated certain components as meeting ISO/TS16949 requirements, mainly for automotive use. In any case of use of
non-designated products, TI will not be responsible for any failure to meet ISO/TS16949.
Products
Applications
Audio
www.ti.com/audio
Automotive and Transportation
www.ti.com/automotive
Amplifiers
amplifier.ti.com
Communications and Telecom
www.ti.com/communications
Data Converters
dataconverter.ti.com
Computers and Peripherals
www.ti.com/computers
DLP® Products
www.dlp.com
Consumer Electronics
www.ti.com/consumer-apps
DSP
dsp.ti.com
Energy and Lighting
www.ti.com/energy
Clocks and Timers
www.ti.com/clocks
Industrial
www.ti.com/industrial
Interface
interface.ti.com
Medical
www.ti.com/medical
Logic
logic.ti.com
Security
www.ti.com/security
Power Mgmt
power.ti.com
Space, Avionics and Defense
www.ti.com/space-avionics-defense
Microcontrollers
microcontroller.ti.com
Video and Imaging
www.ti.com/video
RFID
www.ti-rfid.com
OMAP Applications Processors
www.ti.com/omap
TI E2E Community
e2e.ti.com
Wireless Connectivity
www.ti.com/wirelessconnectivity
Mailing Address: Texas Instruments, Post Office Box 655303, Dallas, Texas 75265
Copyright © 2015, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Similar pages